1 #LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % I've designed this preamble to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 % provides missing characters,
17 % see note in chapter 'Character Tables'
20 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
21 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
23 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
24 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{%
25 \usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}
27 \usepackage{courier} }
28 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
29 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
31 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
32 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
33 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
36 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
37 % link all cross references and URLs in pdf output
38 \usepackage[colorlinks=true, bookmarks, bookmarksnumbered,
39 linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
40 pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,
41 pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,
42 pdfauthor={LyX Team}, pdftex,
43 pdftitle={The LyX User's Guide},pdfsubject={LyX},
44 pdfkeywords={LyX}]{hyperref}
46 \else % if dvi or ps is produced
48 % link all cross references and URLs in dvi output
49 \usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
51 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
53 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
54 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
55 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
58 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
62 \options bibtotoc,BCOR7mm
74 \paperorientation portrait
77 \paragraph_separation indent
79 \quotes_language english
82 \paperpagestyle default
83 \tracking_changes false
98 \begin_layout Standard
100 Principal maintainer of this file is
105 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX
106 Documentation mailing list:
108 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
116 \begin_layout Standard
117 \begin_inset Note Note
120 \begin_layout Standard
121 To export this document as pdf, ps or dvi, the LaTeX-package
128 \begin_layout Standard
129 This package should be part of all popular LaTeX-distributions.
137 \begin_layout Standard
138 \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{}
145 \begin_layout Chapter
149 \begin_layout Section
153 \begin_layout Standard
154 LyX is a document preparation system.
155 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
156 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
157 It is unlike most other
158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
165 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
167 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
179 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
184 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
188 \begin_layout Standard
189 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
202 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
206 \begin_layout Standard
208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
219 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
220 the format of all of the manuals.
221 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
222 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
239 \begin_layout Section
243 \begin_layout Subsection
247 \begin_layout Standard
248 Similar to other Linux [and other brands of Unix] programs, you start LyX
254 You can, of course, include several command-line options, including file
256 We're not going to repeat all of the command-line options here, since we've
257 already done that in the
262 Check there for more info.
265 \begin_layout Standard
266 There are one or two things we'd like to comment on:
269 \begin_layout Standard
270 Please note that if you include more than one file name on the command line,
271 LyX will load them all, though it won't display them all simultaneously.
272 More on that in a bit.
275 \begin_layout Subsection
279 \begin_layout Standard
280 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
282 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
283 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
285 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
291 (a term which we've swiped, lock, stock, and barrel, from GNU Emacs), which
293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
305 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
308 \begin_layout Standard
309 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
310 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
311 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
313 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
314 only a vertical scrollbar.
317 \begin_layout Standard
318 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
319 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
320 This, however, is due
321 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
322 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
323 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
324 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
326 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
327 this doesn't work for equations yet.
330 \begin_layout Subsection
334 \begin_layout Standard
335 First, the bad news: the help system is not as thorough or idiot-proof as
336 in many commercial applications.
341 \begin_layout Standard
342 Now the good news: the help system consists of the LyX manuals.
347 of the manuals from inside LyX.
348 Just select the manual you want read from the
358 \begin_layout Standard
359 While we're at it, we'd like to make a comment about the manuals.
360 They're not idiot-proof, not in the least.
361 Here's what one of our authors,
365 , once said about manuals:
368 \begin_layout Quotation
372 \begin_layout Quotation
373 Yes, we've all dealt with the terse, poorly-translated, or cryptic manuals.
374 They are aggravating.
375 I find, however, that the overly simplified ones are even more aggravating.
376 First, they spend about half their time carefully explaining to the user
377 how to operate a mouse, what a menu is, et cetera, ad nauseum.
378 Please, if someone doesn't know how to use their own computer, or a GUI,
379 then they should sit down and learn
383 they start up a major piece of software.
386 \begin_layout Quotation
387 Second, what information they do provide seems to assume that the user is
389 Utter nonsense! Most users, in my experience, are some combination of clueless
390 and intimidated, not stupid.
391 Besides, if someone is truly slow on the uptake, they need help that a
392 manual for a piece of computer software can't give.
395 \begin_layout Standard
398 Editor's Note: With this in mind, I've instructed all of the other authors
399 to avoid patronizing you, the reader, and to be more pedagogical than pedantic.
400 As for those who are too lazy to read and understand the manuals --- well,
401 as we say here in America, there's no such thing as a free lunch.
405 \begin_layout Section
409 \begin_layout Subsection
410 Basic File Operations
413 \begin_layout Standard
421 menu are the 9 basic operations for any word processor in addition to some
422 more advanced operations:
425 \begin_layout Itemize
434 \begin_layout Itemize
446 \begin_layout Itemize
455 \begin_layout Itemize
464 \begin_layout Itemize
473 \begin_layout Itemize
484 \begin_layout Itemize
493 \begin_layout Itemize
502 \begin_layout Itemize
512 \begin_layout Standard
513 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
514 a few minor differences.
520 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
529 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
530 you for a template to use.
531 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
532 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
533 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
536 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:doc-classes}
543 \begin_layout Standard
545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
568 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
569 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
572 \begin_layout Standard
580 command is useful if more people work on the same document at the same
585 \begin_layout Standard
586 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
599 It will simply reload the document from disk.
600 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
601 and want to restore it to the last save.
604 \begin_layout Standard
605 The second matter of note concerns the commands
610 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
622 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
638 to save us all from our own stupidity.
639 That is, if you try to close a file with changes [or exit LyX], you'll
640 be informed that there are unsaved files.
643 \begin_layout Subsection
644 Basic Editing Features
647 \begin_layout Standard
648 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
649 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
650 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
651 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
653 We'll start with cut and paste.
656 \begin_layout Standard
657 As you might expect, the
664 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
665 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
669 \begin_layout Itemize
675 \begin_layout Itemize
681 \begin_layout Itemize
687 \begin_layout Itemize
695 Replace\SpecialChar \ldots{}
699 \begin_layout Standard
700 The first three are self-explanatory.
701 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
702 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
711 keys also functions as the
716 Also, if you've selected text, be careful.
717 If you hit a key, LyX will completely delete the selected text and replace
718 it with what you just typed.
726 to get back the lost text.
729 \begin_layout Standard
735 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
742 Replace\SpecialChar \ldots{}
752 The text you want to find goes in the
761 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
769 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
779 You can click to search again to skip the current word.
782 \begin_layout Standard
791 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
794 \begin_layout Standard
804 toggle button can be used if you want the search to consider the case of
806 If the toggle is set, searching for
807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
818 will not match the word
819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
833 \begin_layout Standard
842 toggle button can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
883 \begin_layout Subsection
887 \begin_layout Standard
888 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
889 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
895 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
902 to undo some mistake.
903 If you accidently undo too much, use
908 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
923 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimise memory
928 \begin_layout Standard
929 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
930 it was last saved, the
931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
938 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
939 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
942 \begin_layout Standard
957 work on almost everything in LyX.
958 They have some quirks, too.
973 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
974 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
988 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
989 hopefully appreciate how it works.
992 \begin_layout Subsection
996 \begin_layout Standard
997 We're not going to go into all of the mouse bindings here.
998 Some of the other sections of this manual cover specific operations you
999 can do with the mouse.
1000 Instead, we're going to cover the most basic mouse operations.
1003 \begin_layout Enumerate
1008 \begin_layout Itemize
1013 once anywhere in the edit window.
1014 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1018 \begin_layout Enumerate
1023 \begin_layout Itemize
1029 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1035 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1038 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer.
1041 \begin_layout Itemize
1042 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1047 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1054 \begin_layout Enumerate
1055 Footnotes, Margin Notes, Figure and Table Floats, etc.
1059 \begin_layout Standard
1068 left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1069 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1073 \begin_layout Enumerate
1078 \begin_layout Standard
1083 the right mouse button
1087 to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate the table.
1091 \begin_layout Subsection
1093 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: key bindings}
1100 \begin_layout Standard
1101 Again, we're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1102 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1104 I guarantee you will cuss when you press Control-d to delete a character,
1105 and it starts up a DVI previewer instead (or vice versa).
1108 \begin_layout Standard
1135 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1139 \begin_layout Labeling
1140 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1145 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1146 If you don't understand this, go read Sections
1147 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parindentintro}
1152 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:par-environments}
1156 , especially Section\InsetSpace ~
1158 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parenvlists}
1164 If you're still confused, look in the
1171 \begin_layout Labeling
1172 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1185 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1186 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1189 \begin_layout Labeling
1190 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1201 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1202 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1206 \begin_layout Labeling
1207 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1222 you have your keyboard set up correctly under the X Windows System,
1226 works as expected and
1230 deletes the character under the cursor [if no text is selected].
1234 \begin_layout Standard
1235 If you haven't set up your keyboard under X, or have no idea what we mean
1236 by that, go read section
1237 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:x-win-keys}
1242 You'll save yourself a lot of headaches.
1246 \begin_layout Standard
1247 Then there are the modifier keys:
1250 \begin_layout Labeling
1251 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1256 This has a couple of different uses, depending on which keys it's used
1257 in combination with:
1261 \begin_layout Itemize
1270 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1273 \begin_layout Itemize
1282 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1285 \begin_layout Itemize
1294 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1298 \begin_layout Labeling
1299 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1304 Use this with any of the motion keys to select the text between the old
1305 and new cursor positions.
1308 \begin_layout Labeling
1309 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1314 This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless your keyboard has a distinct
1316 Unfortunately, X sometimes has their functionality swapped, so if you have
1317 both keys, you will need to do a little trial and error to find out which
1318 one actually performs the
1323 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1325 menu accelerator keys
1328 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1329 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1333 \begin_layout Standard
1334 For example, the sequence
1335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1357 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1370 \begin_layout Standard
1371 There are also other things bound to the
1375 key, but you'll have to check in the
1387 \begin_layout Standard
1388 Hopefully, you'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as
1389 you use LyX, because most mouse actions will prompt a small message in
1390 the minibuffer which describe the name of the action, you've just triggered,
1391 and any existing keybindings for that action.
1392 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1393 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1394 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1410 followed by a capital
1416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1434 \begin_layout Section
1435 Using LyX with Other Programs
1438 \begin_layout Subsection
1439 Importing ASCII files
1442 \begin_layout Standard
1443 You can import text from an ASCII file using the
1448 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1453 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1468 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1473 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1486 \begin_layout Standard
1492 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1497 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1506 puts each line of the file into its own LyX paragraph.
1507 This is useful if you're importing a text file with a simple list in it.
1508 However, if your text file contains paragraphs in it, LyX will mangle the
1509 paragraphs if you use this form of import.
1512 \begin_layout Standard
1518 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1523 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1533 preserves paragraphs in text files.
1534 Often in a text file, you didn't put the contents of an entire paragraph
1540 to break up the paragraph into separate lines.
1546 , LyX won't mangle such paragraphs.
1547 Anything between two consecutive blank lines goes into its own LyX paragraph.
1548 Remember: you must make sure there is a
1552 line between each and every paragraph in your text file.
1553 If not, LyX might end up merging two paragraphs.
1556 \begin_layout Subsection
1557 Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs
1560 \begin_layout Standard
1573 operations will transfer text to and from LyX.
1574 You can copy text from LyX to another window in this way: Select the text
1575 that you want to copy, then go to the destination window and paste the
1576 text with the middle mouse button.
1580 \begin_layout Standard
1581 Pasting text into LyX also works much the same way as in X.
1582 Select the text with the mouse in another X window.
1583 Go to the Lyx window and paste the text with the middle mouse button.
1586 \begin_layout Chapter
1587 LyX Setup and Supporting Applications
1590 \begin_layout Section
1594 \begin_layout Standard
1595 If you're using LyX on a system someone else has set up for you, then you
1596 can safely skip this chapter.
1597 It describes all of the things you need beyond the LyX binary and files
1598 distributed with it.
1601 \begin_layout Standard
1602 If you're installing LyX on your system,
1604 you should read the README's that came with the LyX distribution and then
1611 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1624 This chapter does not describe installation or setup of the LyX binary
1625 [Well, not everything\SpecialChar \ldots{}
1627 It does describe all of the things you'll need to use LyX to its fullest.
1631 \begin_layout Standard
1632 This is basically where we decided to document a bunch of info about running
1633 LyX, including what other programs you'll need to make LyX useful.
1641 \begin_layout Section
1643 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:setup}
1650 \begin_layout Standard
1651 There are two ways to run LyX.
1652 The first way is to install LyX and all of its support files on your system.
1653 Of course, you need root privileges to do that.
1654 The second way to run LyX doesn't require root access, letting you
1655 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1659 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1662 LyX somewhere in your own account.
1663 LyX will automatically detect where it is as long as the supporting directories
1664 are put in the correct places.
1667 \begin_layout Standard
1668 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
1669 without resorting to configuration files.
1670 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
1671 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
1672 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
1679 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
1680 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally and
1681 which are not seen by LyX.
1682 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
1687 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1695 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
1696 As far as LaTeX classes and packages are concerned, you will find information
1697 about what has been found under
1702 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1713 \begin_layout Standard
1714 The second set of settings that you might want to change comprises all the
1715 document-level setting that you can change via the
1720 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1728 To do this, open a scrap document, set all these options according to your
1729 taste and save them with the
1736 Document\InsetSpace ~
1747 This will create a template named
1751 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you open a document without template
1752 such that the settings are automatically set-up as you defined them.
1755 \begin_layout Standard
1756 There are many other user-configurable options that you can feed to LyX.
1757 Upon startup, LyX reads a global options file called
1762 It will then attempt to read a file called
1766 beneath your home directory.
1772 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1783 dialog can be used to change these options; the document
1787 contains more information about the preferences dialog and these configuration
1791 \begin_layout Section
1792 Setting Up the X Keyboard [obsolescent]
1793 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:x-win-keys}
1800 \begin_layout Standard
1801 To use LyX properly, X
1805 be set up correctly.
1806 This is especially vital if you're using the international support features
1807 of LyX and want to use non-English keyboard mappings.
1808 On modern distributions, this likely has been taken care of, but if not,
1809 you must do this yourself.
1810 Administrators of large systems often neglect this, so don't assume that
1811 you're safe if you're using a large system.
1812 Also ordinary users can instruct X how to use his or her keyboard.
1815 \begin_layout Subsection
1816 xmodmap and xkeycaps
1819 \begin_layout Standard
1820 First of all read the man pages for these two programs.
1821 They are your best friends when you are trying to set up X key mapping
1823 If you don't have them, install them.
1826 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1830 \begin_layout Standard
1831 This document contains no information on how to use
1845 To load the new X keyboard mappings, place the command
1847 xmodmap\InsetSpace ~
1850 somewhere in your startup scripts [e.g.
1870 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1874 \begin_layout Standard
1875 This program brings up a graphical version of your keyboard, allows you
1876 to make modifications, and then spits those modifications out to the standard
1877 output in a form readable by
1882 It is very useful when you're trying to design a new
1886 file, though it will require you to do a bit of cut-and-pasting.
1889 \begin_layout Subsection
1890 Modifiers and Mode_switch
1893 \begin_layout Standard
1894 LyX supports three modifiers: Shift [
1907 Moreover, if one of the keys of your keyboard is configured as a
1911 key, then you can use it to enter some characters not available on your
1913 This compose key can be used either as a modifier (like
1921 ) or as a prefix key.
1922 Here are some examples of what you can do with a
1929 \begin_layout Itemize
1935 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
1941 \begin_layout Itemize
1947 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
1953 \begin_layout Itemize
1959 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
1965 \begin_layout Itemize
1971 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
1977 \begin_layout Standard
1978 This input method is particularly handy when you use accented characters
1979 only from time to time.
1980 It works by default for latin1 characters, but other input methods will
1981 be used if you setup your locale correctly.
1984 \begin_layout Subsection
1985 Helpful Hints and Tips
1988 \begin_layout Standard
1989 First, open up two xterminals.
1990 Use one to edit a new
2003 , remap your keyboard the way you want it.
2008 to output the new keymap.
2013 will spit a bunch of stuff on the xterm you executed it from.
2014 Just copy and paste all of that into your
2018 file, and you're done.
2022 \begin_layout Standard
2023 You could also save yourself some typing by executing
2028 This will create a usable map file.
2036 \begin_layout Standard
2037 Also, there are some things you can do to help you get oriented.
2038 Try executing the command
2043 This will show you all of the currently active modifiers.
2046 xmodmap -v -pke | more
2048 to see which keycode numbers are mapped to which symbolic names.
2049 It will also give you some idea of the syntax of the
2056 \begin_layout Standard
2057 There's one thing you'll need to check.
2070 defined as the same key symbol by X! Note that giving these two keys unique
2071 symbol names will not necessarily alter the behavior of your programs.
2080 to the same operation.
2082 Other programs, however, use
2090 for different operations.
2091 LyX is one of these programs, and if you have
2099 labeled with the same key symbol name, you'll have trouble using LyX.
2102 \begin_layout Section
2106 \begin_layout Standard
2107 If you want to do more with LyX than simply create documents and spit out
2112 files, you'll need LaTeX.
2115 \begin_layout Standard
2116 In case you were wondering, LaTeX is a markup language front end for TeX,
2117 a document preparation system invented in 1984 by Donald Knuth.
2121 \begin_layout Standard
2122 A note about pronunciation: TeX originated from the Greek letters,
2123 \begin_inset Formula $\tau\epsilon\chi$
2127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2134 That's how you pronounce
2135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2139 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2150 [If you're American, just pronounce the
2151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2171 TeX takes a set of commands in an ASCII file and converts it to a
2172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2179 format, or Dvi, for short.
2180 The Dvi file can then be sent to printers.
2181 TeX is programmable, and LaTeX is nothing but a [really huge] set of TeX
2183 LaTeX will typically come as part of a TeX distribution, so all you need
2187 \begin_layout Standard
2188 Note that on some old systems you may find that only LaTeX 2.09 is installed
2189 (as opposed to the more current LaTeX2e).
2190 LyX cannot be used with LaTeX 2.09.
2193 \begin_layout Standard
2194 If you're using Linux, LaTeX2e should have come with your distribution.
2195 For other systems, you might need to install LaTeX yourself.You can obtain
2196 a LaTeX distribution (and anything and everything related to TeX and LaTeX)
2197 from a Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (CTAN) mirror.
2198 A complete list of mirrors may be found at
2201 \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ctan.org}
2206 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ctan}
2213 \begin_layout Section
2214 Dvips and Ghostscript
2217 \begin_layout Subsection
2221 \begin_layout Standard
2222 There's one more step you need to take if you want to print your LyX documents.
2223 Obviously, you'll need to make sure your printer is configured [see next
2225 You'll also need to install these programs (or compatibles), if you don't
2229 \begin_layout Itemize
2235 \begin_layout Itemize
2241 \begin_layout Itemize
2247 \begin_layout Itemize
2253 \begin_layout Standard
2254 The latter two programs are previewer for files in Dvi and PostScript®
2258 \begin_layout Standard
2259 PostScript® is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated, and
2260 is the main page description language in the UN*X world.
2267 If you don't know what a DVI file is, you've probably also never worked
2268 with LaTeX and should read the
2272 document before proceeding further.
2277 converts DVI files into PostScript, which is the format most printers use
2279 For those of you using dot-matrix and inkjet printers, you'll want to filter
2280 the PostScript through
2284 , which is capable of creating output for a variety of printers.
2285 The following section on printer setup describes how to do this automatically
2286 every time you print.
2287 For now, we'll concentrate on
2294 \begin_layout Subsection
2296 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:dvipsconfig}
2303 \begin_layout Standard
2304 Whether you'll be running LyX on a large system or a Linux box at home,
2305 you should configure
2315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2322 into a file, or send output directly to the printer, depending on how it's
2324 If it is set up to print to a file, and if no filename is specified, it
2338 set up to send output to the default printer.
2339 For LyX, you'll want the flexibility to do both.
2342 \begin_layout Standard
2343 If you are not a mood to configure
2347 to adapt its output to your printer, you can safely skip this section.
2348 Be warned however that the output will not match the quality that you could
2349 expect from your printer.
2350 At least, it will print.
2353 \begin_layout Standard
2354 If you are using teTeX (a TeX distribution which is particularly popular
2355 on Linux), you should run the program
2360 To make the name of a new printer recognized by
2364 you should then select menu entry
2369 Enter the required parameters and, before exiting, remember to select the
2377 \begin_layout Standard
2378 Let's turn now to manual configuration: in order to inform
2382 how to automagically convert a
2390 file adapted to printer
2394 , you need to have a config-file,
2395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2406 lying around somewhere.
2417 /usr/lib/texmf/dvips
2419 in most TeX distributions.
2420 Your system will probably be different, of course, so just look under the
2421 main TeX directory for a subdirectory called
2422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2433 It'll be there somewhere.
2436 \begin_layout Standard
2437 Typically, there will be at least one config-file:
2442 This file is the default configuration file, which is
2450 \begin_layout Standard
2451 In particular, this file is not necessarily connected to the existence of
2462 Read this file and see what options could need to be changed for your particula
2468 containing only the relevant lines.
2472 \begin_layout Standard
2473 There's at least one thing you need to do to the config-file.
2474 There may exist a line that looks like,
2475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2486 [without the quotes, of course\SpecialChar \ldots{}
2489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2500 , so that the output is sent by default to printer
2505 However, you should probably investigate the entries
2506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2529 , which define respectively the Metafont mode and the resolution of the
2531 If you do not know what a Metafont mode is, you can see it as a printer
2532 driver: it adapts the design of TeX fonts to ensure that they give the
2533 best possible result on your printer.
2534 Be warned however that, if you define different Metafont modes for different
2539 will generate several copies of your TeX fonts on disk, and these take
2543 \begin_layout Standard
2544 Once you are satisfied that your printers are correctly configured, you
2545 should tell LyX to make use of this configuration.
2546 To do this, you should launch the
2555 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2562 ) and set the entries
2575 \begin_layout Standard
2576 You can use as many configuration files as you like, one for each of your
2578 The default printer for LyX can be specified from the
2589 environment variable.
2590 You can also choose the desired printer from inside LyX, as described in
2592 Once you've done all that, you can print to either a PostScript printer
2597 \begin_layout Standard
2598 If your printer doesn't understand PostScript®, you'll need to use
2602 as a filter for your print spooler.
2603 That's covered in numerous HOWTO's and manuals.
2604 We also have a section that covers a little bit of this.
2607 \begin_layout Standard
2608 Some people don't seem to like using the
2617 As alternative, you can use a program that converts the DVI file directly
2618 into your printer language.
2619 You can specify this program in the
2624 There is a major disadvantage to this method.
2625 You can't include any PostScript files, such as graphics, in your documents,
2626 since the printer-specific conversion programs don't understand PostScript®.
2627 For that reason, the LyX team highly recommends using
2639 \begin_layout Subsection
2640 Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview
2643 \begin_layout Standard
2657 files, while the later interfaces with
2661 to allow you to view PostScript files.
2664 \begin_layout Standard
2665 A quick note on both of these programs.
2666 Both automatically update themselves if the viewed file
2670 \begin_layout Standard
2679 file, not the files used to make these.
2685 You can also force an update.
2686 So, once you've opened one of these two viewers, there's no reason to close
2688 Also, both programs are functionally the same, providing all of the same
2692 \begin_layout Standard
2693 The LyX team recommends using
2697 for fine tuning documents.
2698 Why? It's faster; there's one less layer of processing you need to do before
2699 you can view the changes.
2703 \begin_layout Enumerate
2708 to preview a document from LyX, and leave it running.
2711 \begin_layout Enumerate
2712 Make changes to the document using LyX.
2715 \begin_layout Enumerate
2716 To view those changes, just choose
2721 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2726 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2734 When LaTeX's all done, click on the
2745 \begin_layout Standard
2746 Now, this doesn't mean
2755 is better suited to those occasions where you
2759 view the PostScript version of the document.
2760 For repeated changes that aren't PostScript® dependent, you're better off
2766 There is an alternative to
2770 which sports a much better interface:
2775 LyX will automatically use it instead of ghostscript if it is available.
2778 \begin_layout Section
2782 \begin_layout Standard
2785 Anyone working on a large system shouldn't have any problems here.
2786 Your sysadmin [or you, if you are the sysadmin] should already have the
2787 printers set up for your system.
2788 All you need to do is find out the name of the printer you want to use,
2793 as described in the last section.
2796 \begin_layout Standard
2799 Those of you using Linux, however, will have a bit more work to do.
2800 Many people now receive a Linux distribution, such as Red Hat or Slackware,
2806 They follow the install instructions, get Linux up and running, but never
2807 realize that they need to set up their printer.
2810 If you find that you need to do this by hand, we've written a little something
2811 to help you out with that; check out the
2812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2830 \begin_layout Chapter
2834 \begin_layout Section
2838 \begin_layout Subsection
2842 \begin_layout Standard
2843 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2848 of document you want to edit.
2849 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2850 numbering schemes, and so on.
2851 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2852 and format the title of your document differently.
2855 \begin_layout Standard
2860 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2861 By setting the document class, you automagically select these properties,
2862 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2863 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2864 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
2867 \begin_layout Standard
2868 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2869 how to fine-tune some of their properties.
2872 \begin_layout Subsection
2873 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:doc-classes}
2877 The Various Document Classes
2880 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2884 \begin_layout Standard
2885 There are five standard document classes in LyX.
2889 \begin_layout Description
2890 Article for basic articles
2893 \begin_layout Description
2894 Report for basic reports
2897 \begin_layout Description
2898 Book for writing a book
2901 \begin_layout Description
2902 Letter for US-style letters
2905 \begin_layout Description
2906 Slides is used to make transparencies
2909 \begin_layout Standard
2910 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2911 a LaTeX setup that supports them:
2914 \begin_layout Description
2915 Aapaper Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysic
2919 \begin_layout Description
2920 Amsart Journal articles in the style and format used by the AMS [American
2921 Mathematical Society].
2922 There are three amsart layouts available.
2923 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems,
2927 , that prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2928 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2929 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2934 sequential numbering
2935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2938 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2939 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2940 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2941 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2944 \begin_layout Description
2945 Amsbook Books in the style and format used by the AMS.
2946 Only the standard numbering scheme is provided, under the assumption that
2947 you would not want to number results consecutively throughout a book, and
2948 that you would need to number results.
2951 \begin_layout Description
2952 Dinbrief für Briefe nach deutscher Art
2955 \begin_layout Description
2956 Foils is used to make transparencies, but is better than
2961 \begin_layout Description
2962 Linuxdoc Used with the SGML-tools package (formerly known as LinuxDoc).
2963 It allows LyX to produce SGML output.
2964 SGML is a markup language and is the predecessor to HTML\SpecialChar \@.
2966 package allows you to convert SGML to HTML or to the format used by
2973 \begin_layout Description
2974 Paper for use with the
2978 LaTeX document class [not in all LaTeX distributions]
2981 \begin_layout Description
2982 Revtex is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2983 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2985 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2988 \begin_layout Standard
2989 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2991 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2996 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2997 of the document classes.
3000 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3004 \begin_layout Standard
3005 You can select a class using the
3012 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
3018 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
3022 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3026 \begin_layout Standard
3027 Each class has a default set of options.
3028 Here's a quick table describing them:
3031 \begin_layout Standard
3032 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3038 \begin_layout Standard
3040 \begin_inset Tabular
3041 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="5">
3043 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
3044 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3045 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3046 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3047 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
3048 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
3049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3052 \begin_layout Standard
3058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3061 \begin_layout Standard
3076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3079 \begin_layout Standard
3094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3097 \begin_layout Standard
3112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3115 \begin_layout Standard
3131 <row topline="true">
3132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3135 \begin_layout Standard
3149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3152 \begin_layout Standard
3167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3170 \begin_layout Standard
3185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3188 \begin_layout Standard
3203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3206 \begin_layout Standard
3222 <row topline="true">
3223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3226 \begin_layout Standard
3240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3243 \begin_layout Standard
3258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3261 \begin_layout Standard
3276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3279 \begin_layout Standard
3294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3297 \begin_layout Standard
3313 <row topline="true">
3314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3317 \begin_layout Standard
3331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3334 \begin_layout Standard
3349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3352 \begin_layout Standard
3367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3370 \begin_layout Standard
3385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3388 \begin_layout Standard
3404 <row topline="true">
3405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3408 \begin_layout Standard
3422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3425 \begin_layout Standard
3440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3443 \begin_layout Standard
3458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3461 \begin_layout Standard
3476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3479 \begin_layout Standard
3494 <row topline="true">
3495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3498 \begin_layout Standard
3512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3515 \begin_layout Standard
3530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3533 \begin_layout Standard
3548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3551 \begin_layout Standard
3566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3569 \begin_layout Standard
3585 <row topline="true">
3586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3589 \begin_layout Standard
3603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3606 \begin_layout Standard
3621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3624 \begin_layout Standard
3639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3642 \begin_layout Standard
3657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3660 \begin_layout Standard
3676 <row topline="true">
3677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3680 \begin_layout Standard
3694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3697 \begin_layout Standard
3712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3715 \begin_layout Standard
3730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3733 \begin_layout Standard
3748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3751 \begin_layout Standard
3767 <row topline="true">
3768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3771 \begin_layout Standard
3785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3788 \begin_layout Standard
3803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3806 \begin_layout Standard
3821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3824 \begin_layout Standard
3839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3842 \begin_layout Standard
3857 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
3858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3861 \begin_layout Standard
3875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3878 \begin_layout Standard
3893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3896 \begin_layout Standard
3911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3914 \begin_layout Standard
3929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3932 \begin_layout Standard
3955 \begin_layout Standard
3956 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3962 \begin_layout Standard
3963 There is no default value of
3972 for any of these classes.
3976 \begin_layout Standard
3977 You're probably also wondering what
3978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3983 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3987 There are several paragraph environment used to create section headings.
3988 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3993 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3998 Some document classes, such as the three for letters, don't use any section
4008 headings, there are also
4016 headings, and so on.
4017 We'll describe these headings fully in section
4018 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parenvheadings}
4025 \begin_layout Subsection
4026 Fine-tuning the Defaults
4029 \begin_layout Standard
4030 Okay, we know we never told you what most of these
4031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4046 That's what this section is for.
4049 \begin_layout Labeling
4050 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4058 This is another list, containing five options.
4059 It controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page:
4063 \begin_layout Standard
4064 LaTeX does this part.
4073 \begin_layout Labeling
4074 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4079 Use default pagestyle of current class.
4082 \begin_layout Labeling
4083 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4088 No page numbers or headings.
4091 \begin_layout Labeling
4092 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4100 \begin_layout Labeling
4101 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4106 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
4107 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
4108 which is the maximum sectioning level.
4111 \begin_layout Labeling
4112 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4117 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
4123 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
4124 To use the full power of this package, you have to resort to magic codes
4126 Check the documentation for the
4130 package for more details.
4134 \begin_layout Labeling
4135 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4140 No, LyX can't make your printer print on both sides of a sheet of paper!
4141 However, it can use a different format for odd-numbered pages than even-numbere
4147 have a printer that duplexes
4151 \begin_layout Standard
4153 prints on both sides of a sheet of paper
4158 , your page number will always be in the upper right corner of the page
4159 and the left margin will have extra room for a binding.
4163 \begin_layout Standard
4164 There are two radio buttons here:
4168 for single-sided documents,
4172 for double-sided documents.
4176 \begin_layout Labeling
4177 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4182 Yes, this does control how many columns each page has.
4183 You can choose, using the toggle buttons,
4191 for the number of columns.
4196 \begin_layout Standard
4197 Note that LyX won't show two columns on screen.
4198 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
4203 be two columns in the generated output.
4207 \begin_layout Labeling
4208 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4224 takes several options.
4225 LyX sets some of these automatically for you.
4226 This text box allows you to enter in others.
4227 Just type in a comma-separated list of options.
4228 See a good LaTeX book to find out what kinds of additional options you
4232 \begin_layout Labeling
4233 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4238 This has its own section.
4241 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parindentintro}
4245 for a description of what this does.
4248 \begin_layout Subsection
4249 Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins
4252 \begin_layout Standard
4253 There are several other options to set in the
4255 Document\InsetSpace ~
4259 All of them are global options, but they have special purposes and only
4260 affect certain features.
4261 We describe what these options do in the same section that describes the
4262 features they affect.
4265 \begin_layout Standard
4266 There are two options that affect the overall layout of the document, so
4267 we'll describe them here.
4268 You'll find them in the
4279 \begin_layout Labeling
4280 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
4285 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
4303 \begin_layout Labeling
4304 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
4313 What size paper to print on.
4318 \begin_layout Itemize
4324 \begin_layout Itemize
4334 \begin_layout Itemize
4340 \begin_layout Itemize
4346 \begin_layout Itemize
4352 \begin_layout Itemize
4358 \begin_layout Itemize
4365 \begin_layout Standard
4366 Some of these settings require you to have the
4371 This package will also allow you to set the margins in the
4378 \begin_layout Subsection
4382 \begin_layout Standard
4383 If you change a document's class, LyX has to convert
4388 That includes the paragraph environments.
4389 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
4391 Some classes have special paragraph environments, however.
4392 If this is the case, and you change document classes, LyX sets the missing
4393 paragraph environments to
4397 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
4398 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
4399 the conversion and why it failed.
4402 \begin_layout Section
4403 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
4406 \begin_layout Subsection
4408 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parindentintro}
4415 \begin_layout Standard
4416 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
4417 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
4420 \begin_layout Standard
4421 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
4422 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
4423 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
4424 LyX uses the same convention you find among typographer.
4429 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
4435 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
4436 Some people don't like this convention, but if you want to use indented
4437 paragraphs, you'll have to live with it.
4441 \begin_layout Standard
4442 There is a way to force LaTeX to indent all paragraphs.
4443 LyX won't show this, of course, but LaTeX
4448 You'll need to get a special package and insert an appropriate command
4452 Editor's Note: I'll insert this info when I get the time.
4463 \begin_layout Standard
4464 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
4465 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
4467 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
4468 LyX takes care of that.
4469 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
4471 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
4472 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
4473 of a page, and so on.
4477 \begin_layout Standard
4478 Actually, LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
4483 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
4484 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
4488 of these pre-coded spacings.
4489 We'll explain more later.
4492 \begin_layout Subsection
4493 Global Indentation Method
4496 \begin_layout Standard
4497 To select the default method of separating paragraphs, select
4512 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4515 \begin_layout Subsection
4519 \begin_layout Standard
4520 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4526 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4531 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
4534 dialog and toggle the
4541 button to change the state of the current paragraph.
4542 If paragraphs indent by default, this button will be inactive at first.
4543 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4544 button will be completely ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph
4548 \begin_layout Standard
4549 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4550 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4551 Typically, you'll select
4566 for the entire document and edit away.
4569 \begin_layout Subsection
4570 Changing Line Spacing
4573 \begin_layout Standard
4579 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4586 dialog you can choose your line spacing provided you have the
4593 \begin_layout Section
4594 Paragraph Environments
4595 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:par-environments}
4602 \begin_layout Subsection
4606 \begin_layout Standard
4607 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
4610 \begin_layout Standard
4634 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
4635 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4636 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4645 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4648 \begin_layout Standard
4649 A paragraph environment is simply a
4650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4657 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4658 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4659 scheme, labels, and so on.
4660 Additionally, you can
4661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4668 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4669 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4670 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4671 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4672 days of typewriters.
4673 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4675 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4678 \begin_layout Standard
4679 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
4681 LyX will change the environment of the
4685 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4686 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4687 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4691 \begin_layout Standard
4700 create a new paragraph using the
4704 paragraph environment.
4706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4713 because this isn't always the case.
4717 \begin_layout Standard
4718 If you are in one of these environments:
4722 \begin_layout Standard
4731 \begin_layout Standard
4735 \begin_layout Standard
4748 \begin_layout Itemize
4754 \begin_layout Itemize
4760 \begin_layout Standard
4764 \begin_layout Standard
4775 \begin_layout Itemize
4781 \begin_layout Itemize
4787 \begin_layout Standard
4791 \begin_layout Standard
4802 \begin_layout Itemize
4808 \begin_layout Itemize
4814 \begin_layout Standard
4818 \begin_layout Standard
4829 \begin_layout Itemize
4835 \begin_layout Standard
4839 \begin_layout Standard
4848 \begin_layout Standard
4849 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4853 , rather than resetting it to
4858 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4863 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4864 and the nesting depth [more on nesting in section
4865 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
4870 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4875 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4876 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4884 \begin_layout Subsection
4888 \begin_layout Standard
4889 The default paragraph environment is
4894 It creates a plain paragraph.
4895 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4896 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now [and most of the ones in
4897 this manual] are in the
4904 \begin_layout Standard
4905 You can nest a paragraph using the
4909 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4917 \begin_layout Subsection
4921 \begin_layout Standard
4922 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name[s] of the
4924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4931 for thanks or contact information.
4932 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4933 page along with today's date.
4934 For other types of documents, the title
4935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4942 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4946 \begin_layout Standard
4947 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4961 Here's how you use them:
4964 \begin_layout Itemize
4965 Put the title of your document in the
4972 \begin_layout Itemize
4973 Put the author name in the
4980 \begin_layout Itemize
4981 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4982 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4988 Note that using this environment is optional.
4989 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4992 \begin_layout Standard
4993 Be sure to do this at the top of the document.
4994 You can use footnotes to insert
4995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5002 or contact information.
5005 \begin_layout Subsection
5007 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parenvheadings}
5014 \begin_layout Standard
5015 There are nine paragraph environments for producing section headings.
5016 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
5017 All you need to do is decide what you're going to call section 3 of chapter
5021 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5025 \begin_layout Standard
5026 There are 6 numbered types of section headings.
5027 \begin_inset Note Note
5030 \begin_layout Standard
5031 Why no mention of Part ?
5039 \begin_layout Enumerate
5045 \begin_layout Enumerate
5051 \begin_layout Enumerate
5057 \begin_layout Enumerate
5063 \begin_layout Enumerate
5069 \begin_layout Enumerate
5075 \begin_layout Standard
5076 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
5077 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
5078 These headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
5079 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
5080 You group the book into chapters.
5081 LyX does similar grouping:
5084 \begin_layout Itemize
5093 is the maximum sectioning level.
5096 \begin_layout Itemize
5108 \begin_layout Itemize
5120 \begin_layout Itemize
5132 \begin_layout Itemize
5144 \begin_layout Itemize
5156 \begin_layout Standard
5161 not all document types use the
5165 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
5170 is the top-level heading.
5173 \begin_layout Standard
5178 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
5179 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
5181 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
5183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5193 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5197 \begin_layout Standard
5198 There are 3 types of unnumbered section headings.
5202 \begin_layout Enumerate
5208 \begin_layout Enumerate
5214 \begin_layout Enumerate
5220 \begin_layout Standard
5222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5229 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
5230 They work the same as their numbered counterparts.
5233 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5234 Changing the Numbering
5235 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:section-depth}
5242 \begin_layout Standard
5243 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
5244 in the Table of Contents.
5245 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
5247 Certain classes start with
5261 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
5271 This is something you can change.
5274 \begin_layout Standard
5280 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5288 You should see a counter labelled
5290 Section\InsetSpace ~
5299 This counter controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers
5301 Unfortunately, the number you choose with the slider is really goofy, so
5302 here's a table of values and what they do:
5305 \begin_layout Standard
5306 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
5312 \begin_layout Standard
5314 \begin_inset Tabular
5315 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
5317 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
5318 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
5319 <row topline="true">
5320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5323 \begin_layout Standard
5340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5343 \begin_layout Standard
5358 <row bottomline="true">
5359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5362 \begin_layout Standard
5376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5379 \begin_layout Standard
5394 <row topline="true">
5395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5398 \begin_layout Standard
5412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5415 \begin_layout Standard
5424 no numbering of any kind
5430 <row topline="true">
5431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5434 \begin_layout Standard
5448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5451 \begin_layout Standard
5468 <row topline="true">
5469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5472 \begin_layout Standard
5486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5489 \begin_layout Standard
5505 <row topline="true">
5506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5509 \begin_layout Standard
5523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5526 \begin_layout Standard
5542 <row topline="true">
5543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5546 \begin_layout Standard
5560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5563 \begin_layout Standard
5579 <row topline="true">
5580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5583 \begin_layout Standard
5597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5600 \begin_layout Standard
5617 <row topline="true">
5618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5621 \begin_layout Standard
5635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5638 \begin_layout Standard
5655 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
5656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5659 \begin_layout Standard
5673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5676 \begin_layout Standard
5700 \begin_layout Standard
5701 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
5707 \begin_layout Standard
5708 The increasing numbers are cumulative: a setting of
5709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5716 will number parts and chapters, while
5717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5721 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5724 will number parts, chapters, sections, and subsections.
5725 Of course, if you're using a document class that doesn't use part or chapter
5731 the default article class), then the numbering begins at the
5736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5754 \begin_layout Standard
5755 There's another counter in the dialog, called
5759 contents\InsetSpace ~
5763 It works the same way as
5765 Section\InsetSpace ~
5766 numbering\InsetSpace ~
5769 , only it controls which sectioning levels appear in, you guessed it, the
5771 This is a great control to have.
5772 Suppose you wanted to number
5776 sectioning heading, but you only wanted
5788 s in the Table of Contents.
5791 Section\InsetSpace ~
5792 numbering\InsetSpace ~
5796 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5805 Table of contents\InsetSpace ~
5809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5816 and voilà! You're all set.
5819 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5823 \begin_layout Standard
5824 The following information applies to
5863 \begin_layout Itemize
5864 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
5867 \begin_layout Itemize
5868 You can only use inlined math in these environments.
5871 \begin_layout Itemize
5872 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
5875 \begin_layout Itemize
5876 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
5879 \begin_layout Standard
5880 As for examples of these paragraph environments - look around you! We're
5881 using them everywhere in the manuals.
5884 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5885 Creating an Appendix
5888 \begin_layout Standard
5889 To create an appendix, simply start by adding a new chapter or section heading.
5890 Move the cursor back to the beginning of the heading and select
5895 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5903 ppendix\InsetSpace ~
5907 A red/brown box will be drawn around the remainder of the file to indicate
5908 there is something special about it, and the numerical chapter or section
5909 label(s) will be changed to a letter.
5912 \begin_layout Subsection
5916 \begin_layout Standard
5917 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
5931 Forget the days of changing linespacing and twiddling with margins.
5932 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
5933 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
5934 the text they contain.
5935 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5943 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5946 \begin_layout Standard
5947 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5956 when you start a new paragraph.
5957 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5961 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5962 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
5963 to change back to the
5967 environment yourself.
5970 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5980 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:quote}
5987 \begin_layout Standard
5988 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5989 time for the differences.
5998 are identical except for one difference:
6002 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
6011 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
6014 \begin_layout Standard
6015 Here's an example of the
6028 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
6030 See - no indentation!
6034 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
6035 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
6036 the other paragraph.
6039 \begin_layout Standard
6040 That ends that example.
6041 Here's another example, this time in the
6048 \begin_layout Quotation
6054 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
6055 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
6056 the first line, then
6060 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
6064 you were quoting other text.
6067 \begin_layout Quotation
6068 Here's a new paragraph.
6069 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
6070 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
6073 \begin_layout Standard
6074 That was our other example.
6075 As the example notes,
6079 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
6080 They should put quotes in the
6085 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
6089 paragraph environment for quoted text.
6092 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6096 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:verse}
6103 \begin_layout Standard
6108 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
6115 Which I did not rehearse!
6119 It could be much worse.
6120 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
6122 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
6123 indented a bit more than the first.
6124 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
6131 And make things look fine
6140 \begin_layout Standard
6145 does not indent both margins.
6146 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
6147 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
6158 \begin_layout Subsection
6160 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parenvlists}
6167 \begin_layout Standard
6168 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
6178 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
6187 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
6188 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
6189 some general features of all four of them.
6192 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6196 \begin_layout Standard
6197 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
6199 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
6208 reset the environment to
6212 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
6213 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
6214 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
6219 to break paragraphs.
6222 \begin_layout Standard
6223 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
6224 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how its
6226 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
6227 you read all of section
6228 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
6236 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6242 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:itemize}
6249 \begin_layout Standard
6250 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
6254 paragraph environment.
6255 It has the following properties:
6258 \begin_layout Itemize
6259 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
6263 \begin_layout Itemize
6264 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
6267 \begin_layout Itemize
6268 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
6272 \begin_layout Itemize
6273 The items can be any length.
6274 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
6275 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
6282 \begin_layout Itemize
6287 environment inside another
6291 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
6295 \begin_layout Itemize
6296 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
6299 \begin_layout Itemize
6300 LyX always shows the same symbol, an asterisk, on screen.
6303 \begin_layout Itemize
6305 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
6309 for a full explanation of nesting.
6313 \begin_layout Standard
6314 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
6323 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
6326 \begin_layout Standard
6327 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
6328 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
6329 Note that those of you reading this manual online won't see any difference.
6332 \begin_layout Itemize
6333 The label for the first level
6337 is a large black dot, or bullet.
6341 \begin_layout Itemize
6342 The label for the second level is a dash.
6346 \begin_layout Itemize
6347 The label for the third is an asterisk.
6351 \begin_layout Itemize
6352 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
6356 \begin_layout Itemize
6357 Back out to the third level.
6361 \begin_layout Itemize
6362 Back to the second level.
6366 \begin_layout Itemize
6367 Back to the outermost level.
6370 \begin_layout Standard
6371 These are the default labels for an
6376 You can customize these labels in the
6380 \begin_layout Standard
6393 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6407 \begin_layout Standard
6408 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
6409 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
6411 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
6419 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6425 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:enumerate}
6432 \begin_layout Standard
6437 environment is the tool to use to create numbered lists and outlines.
6438 It has these properties:
6441 \begin_layout Enumerate
6442 Each item has a numeral as its label.
6446 \begin_layout Enumerate
6447 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
6451 \begin_layout Enumerate
6452 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
6455 \begin_layout Enumerate
6460 environment resets the counter to one.
6463 \begin_layout Enumerate
6476 \begin_layout Enumerate
6477 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
6478 Items can be any length.
6481 \begin_layout Enumerate
6482 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
6485 \begin_layout Enumerate
6486 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
6489 \begin_layout Enumerate
6490 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
6494 \begin_layout Standard
6507 show the different labels for each item.
6508 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
6515 \begin_layout Enumerate
6516 The first level of an
6520 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
6524 \begin_layout Enumerate
6525 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
6529 \begin_layout Enumerate
6530 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
6534 \begin_layout Enumerate
6535 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
6538 \begin_layout Enumerate
6539 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
6544 \begin_layout Enumerate
6545 Back to the third level
6549 \begin_layout Enumerate
6550 Back to the second level.
6554 \begin_layout Enumerate
6555 Back to the outermost level.
6558 \begin_layout Standard
6559 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
6564 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
6569 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
6570 not on the LyX screen.
6573 \begin_layout Standard
6574 There is more to nesting
6578 environments than we've stated here.
6584 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
6588 to learn more about nesting.
6591 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6597 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:descrlist}
6604 \begin_layout Standard
6605 Unlike the previous two environments, the
6609 list has no fixed label.
6610 Instead, LyX uses the first
6611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6615 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6618 of the first line as the label.
6622 \begin_layout Description
6623 Example: This is an example of the
6630 \begin_layout Standard
6631 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
6635 \begin_layout Standard
6636 Now, you're probably wondering what we mean by,
6637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6640 uses the first 'word'.
6641 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6648 key does not add a whitespace character, but separates words from one another.
6657 key tells LyX to end the label if we're at the beginning of the first line
6661 \begin_layout Standard
6662 However, what if you want or need to use more than one word in the label
6667 environment? Simple: use a
6678 Special\InsetSpace ~
6683 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6688 otected\InsetSpace ~
6701 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:hspace}
6705 for more info.] Here's an example:
6708 \begin_layout Description
6710 Example: This one shows how to use a
6712 Protected\InsetSpace ~
6722 \begin_layout Description
6723 Usage: You should use the
6727 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
6728 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
6730 It's not a good idea to use a
6734 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
6735 You're better off using
6747 paragraphs into them.
6750 \begin_layout Description
6751 Nesting: You can, of course, nest
6755 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6759 \begin_layout Standard
6760 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
6761 them from the first line.
6764 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6770 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyxlist}
6777 \begin_layout Standard
6782 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
6786 \begin_layout Standard
6787 Now, if you jumped here without reading sections
6788 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:itemize}
6793 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:descrlist}
6806 create numbered lists.
6811 does, and it's documented in section
6812 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:enumerate}
6820 \begin_layout Standard
6829 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
6830 There are some key differences between this list environment and the other
6834 \begin_layout Labeling
6835 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6837 labels LyX uses the first
6838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6845 of each line as the item label.
6850 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
6851 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
6852 blank as described above.
6855 \begin_layout Labeling
6856 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6857 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
6858 the body of the item text.
6859 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
6860 label width plus a little extra space.
6864 \begin_layout Labeling
6865 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6867 width LyX uses one of two things for the label width: the actual width
6868 of the label, or the default width, whichever is larger.
6869 If the actual width is larger, then the label
6870 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6874 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6877 into the first line.
6878 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6879 margin of the rest of the item text.
6882 \begin_layout Labeling
6883 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6884 default\InsetSpace ~
6885 width You can very easily set this default width.
6886 It's quite painless, actually.
6887 So, you can easily ensure that the text of all items in a
6891 environment have the same left margin.
6894 \begin_layout Labeling
6895 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6896 uses You should use the
6900 environment the same way you'd use as
6904 list: when you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6910 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6914 \begin_layout Labeling
6915 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6916 nesting You can nest
6920 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6922 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6924 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
6928 to learn about nesting.
6931 \begin_layout Standard
6932 As you can see, this is a feature-packed paragraph environment!
6935 \begin_layout Standard
6936 To change the default width of the label, select the items in the list to
6938 You can also simply move the cursor into a
6942 item if you want to change only its label width.
6948 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6953 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
6967 box determines the default label width.
6968 If you really, really want to, you can use the text of your largest label
6969 here, but you don't need to.
6970 We recommend using the letter
6971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6979 It's the widest character and is a standard unit of width in LaTeX.
6980 The default label width in the example
6985 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7001 as your unit of width in the
7006 box has one more advantage: you don't need to keep changing the contents
7012 every time you alter a label in a
7019 \begin_layout Standard
7020 There's yet another feature of the
7024 environment we need to tell you about.
7025 As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item labels by default.
7026 You can use additional
7030 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
7036 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:hspace}
7041 Here are some examples:
7044 \begin_layout Labeling
7045 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7046 Left The default for
7053 \begin_layout Labeling
7054 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7061 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
7064 \begin_layout Labeling
7065 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7074 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
7077 \begin_layout Standard
7078 Don't worry if you have no idea what
7083 Just remember that you can use them to customize the look of the
7090 \begin_layout Standard
7091 That does it for the four paragraph environments for making lists.
7092 Oh - did we mention that you should read about nesting environments in
7094 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
7098 if you want to use any of these list environments?
7101 \begin_layout Subsection
7105 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7118 \begin_layout Standard
7119 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7130 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7131 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7132 In contrast, you can use the
7141 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7142 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7146 \begin_layout Standard
7147 Of course, you're not limited to using
7162 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7163 some European academic papers.
7166 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7168 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:adress_usage}
7175 \begin_layout Standard
7180 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7181 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7187 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7188 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7189 Here's an example of each:
7192 \begin_layout Right Address
7199 When is it? What is today?
7202 \begin_layout Standard
7209 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7210 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7211 Here's an example of the
7218 \begin_layout Address
7221 Where do I send this
7223 Your post office and country
7226 \begin_layout Standard
7227 As you can see, both
7236 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7237 Speaking of which, if you hit
7241 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7247 This makes sense, however, since
7255 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7266 Special\InsetSpace ~
7271 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7285 menu] to start a new line in an
7297 \begin_layout Subsection
7301 \begin_layout Standard
7302 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7303 or list of references.
7304 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7307 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7313 \begin_layout Standard
7318 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7323 use this environment anywhere, but you really
7327 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7328 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7332 in anything else or vice versa.
7338 environment is only useful in the
7339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7354 document classes [as well as
7355 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7362 which is just a specialized version of
7363 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7367 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7379 document class ignores the
7383 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7398 \begin_layout Standard
7403 environment does several things for you.
7404 First, it puts the centered label
7405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7413 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7415 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7416 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7417 the subsequent text.
7418 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7419 If your document is in the
7420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7427 class, the abstract actually appears on a separate page in the printed
7428 version of the file.
7431 \begin_layout Standard
7432 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7440 reset the paragraph environment.
7441 The new paragraph will still be in the
7446 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7447 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7450 \begin_layout Standard
7451 We'd love to give you an example of the
7455 environment, but we can't, since this document is in the
7456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7464 If you've never heard of an
7465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7469 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7472 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7475 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7481 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bibliography}
7488 \begin_layout Standard
7493 environment is used to list references.
7498 use this environment anywhere, but you really
7502 only use it at the end of the document.
7503 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7507 in anything else or vice versa.
7511 \begin_layout Standard
7512 When you first open a
7516 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7532 depending on the document class.
7533 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7534 Each paragraph of the
7538 environment is a bibliography entry.
7547 reset the paragraph environment.
7548 Each new paragraph is still in the
7555 \begin_layout Standard
7564 of each paragraph, you will see a gray button showing a number.
7565 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
7574 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
7576 For example, suppose your first entry in the bibliography was a book about
7578 We could choose the key
7579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7587 You can also give a label, which will be displayed in the gray inset box.
7590 \begin_layout Standard
7595 field isn't useless.
7596 You can refer to your bibliography entries using the
7601 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7606 itation\InsetSpace ~
7610 Just choose the key inside in the available keys list, then add a reference
7611 by clicking on the left arrow, which will add it to the selected keys list.
7612 Multiple references can be placed by selecting more than one key.
7617 appears at the end of this document.
7619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7623 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide}
7628 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite[Chapter 3]{latexcompanion}
7633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7636 is an example of how to cite two of the entries in it.
7637 In the second one, we used the
7646 field of the citation dialog to add the text
7647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7671 that you see on screen will be replaced in print by the number or the label
7672 of the bibliography entry.
7675 \begin_layout Standard
7676 The more advanced LaTeX bibliography package BibTeX is also supported by
7678 For a description of how to use it, please refer to the
7680 Extended LyX Features
7685 \begin_layout Subsection
7689 \begin_layout Standard
7690 There are three standard paragraph environments that simply don't fit any
7691 category, as they are very specialized for a particular purpose.
7692 We'll point out the highlights and uses of each.
7695 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7701 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:captionlayout}
7708 \begin_layout Standard
7713 environment is the default paragraph environment for
7724 On the LyX screen, you'll see either the label
7725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7740 , depending on which type of
7745 The actual reference number is substituted in this label in the printed
7749 \begin_layout Standard
7750 You can't really nest things into a
7754 environment or vice versa.
7755 Additionally, hitting
7759 resets the paragraph environment to
7767 can only be a single paragraph.
7770 \begin_layout Standard
7775 environment outside of a
7787 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures}
7792 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables}
7796 for more information on
7810 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7816 \begin_layout Standard
7821 environment is another LyX extension.
7822 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7827 key as a fixed whitespace;
7831 \begin_layout Standard
7842 Protected\InsetSpace ~
7845 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7850 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7851 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
7873 reset the paragraph environment.
7874 So, when you finish using the
7878 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7887 environment inside of others.
7890 \begin_layout Standard
7891 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7894 \begin_layout Itemize
7899 at the beginning of a new paragraph [i.e.
7911 \begin_layout Itemize
7924 \begin_layout Itemize
7929 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7936 \begin_layout Itemize
7945 \begin_layout Itemize
7946 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7947 You must put at least one
7951 in any line you want blank.
7952 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7955 \begin_layout Itemize
7956 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7960 since that will insert
7965 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7973 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
7976 \begin_layout Standard
7980 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7984 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7988 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7992 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7996 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8002 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8006 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8010 \begin_layout Standard
8011 This is just the standard
8012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8023 \begin_layout Standard
8028 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
8029 rc-files, and so on.
8030 Use it only in those very, very special cases where you need to generate
8031 text as if you used a typewriter.
8034 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8038 \begin_layout Standard
8039 The comment paragraph environment can be used to write comments about your
8040 document that will not appear in the final output.
8041 In order to make this clear, LyX will present the comment environment in
8042 a different color than the rest of the text.
8045 \begin_layout Section
8046 Nesting Environments
8047 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:nest}
8054 \begin_layout Subsection
8058 \begin_layout Standard
8059 Throughout the previous sections, we've been nagging you to
8060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8063 go read Section\InsetSpace ~
8065 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
8070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8073 So, you're probably wondering what the big deal is.
8076 \begin_layout Standard
8077 The big deal is that LyX differs rather strongly from the traditional
8078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8082 processor-as-overglorified-typewriter
8083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8087 With a typewriter, text is merely ink on a page.
8088 Most word processors aren't much better, treating text as pixels on the
8089 screen and bytes in memory.
8090 In contrast, LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context
8091 and specific properties.
8092 However, what if you wanted one
8093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8100 to inherit some of the properties of another
8101 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8105 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8111 \begin_layout Standard
8112 Here's a more specific example: outlines.
8113 You have three main points in your outline, but point #2 also has two subpoints.
8114 In other words, you have a list
8118 of another list, with the inner list
8119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8123 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8129 \begin_layout Enumerate
8133 \begin_layout Enumerate
8138 \begin_layout Enumerate
8142 \begin_layout Enumerate
8147 \begin_layout Enumerate
8151 \begin_layout Standard
8152 How do you put a list inside of a list? By now, the answer should be obvious:
8153 you nest one list inside the other.
8157 \begin_layout Standard
8158 How to nest an environment is quite simple.
8164 ncrease\InsetSpace ~
8165 Environment\InsetSpace ~
8173 ecrease\InsetSpace ~
8174 Environment\InsetSpace ~
8184 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
8185 will tell you how far you are nested).
8188 \begin_layout Standard
8189 You can also use the convenient key bindings
8199 \begin_layout Standard
8210 are alternatives, if you prefer those bindings
8217 to change the nesting level.
8218 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
8219 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
8223 \begin_layout Standard
8224 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
8225 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
8226 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
8227 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
8228 It's hard to describe what exactly LyX does in this case.
8229 That depends specifically on what your text looks like.
8230 Your best bet is to simply play with changing the nesting depth and see
8234 \begin_layout Standard
8235 Nesting isn't just limited to lists.
8236 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
8238 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
8241 \begin_layout Subsection
8242 What You Can and Can't Nest
8245 \begin_layout Standard
8246 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
8247 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
8250 \begin_layout Standard
8251 The question of nesting is a bit more complicated than a simple yes or no,
8252 can you or can't you.
8253 There's also the question of how.
8254 Can you nest this environment into anything else? Can you nest another
8255 environment into it? A
8256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8263 to one of these doesn't guarantee a
8264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8274 \begin_layout Standard
8275 The paragraph environments in LyX can do one of three things when it comes
8277 First, an environment may be completely unnestable.
8278 Second, there are environments that are fully nestable.
8279 You can nest them inside of things and you can also nest other things inside
8281 There is one last type of environment.
8282 You can nest them into other environments, but that's it.
8283 You can't nest anything into them.
8286 \begin_layout Standard
8287 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
8288 environments have them:
8292 \begin_layout Standard
8293 For some odd reason, LyX allows you to fully nest both
8302 Also, LyX allows you to nest
8314 into other environments.
8316 LaTeX may barf if you try it.
8317 Then again, it may not.
8318 We don't know for certain.
8319 However, it makes no sense contextually to perform any nesting with these
8320 environments, so why would you ever want to?
8328 \begin_layout Description
8329 Unnestable Can't nest them.
8330 Can't nest into them.
8334 \begin_layout Itemize
8340 \begin_layout Itemize
8346 \begin_layout Itemize
8354 \begin_layout Itemize
8360 \begin_layout Itemize
8366 \begin_layout Itemize
8374 \begin_layout Itemize
8380 \begin_layout Itemize
8386 \begin_layout Itemize
8392 \begin_layout Itemize
8398 \begin_layout Itemize
8404 \begin_layout Itemize
8410 \begin_layout Itemize
8416 \begin_layout Itemize
8422 \begin_layout Itemize
8428 \begin_layout Itemize
8434 \begin_layout Itemize
8441 \begin_layout Description
8443 Nestable You can nest them.
8444 You can nest other things into them.
8448 \begin_layout Itemize
8454 \begin_layout Itemize
8460 \begin_layout Itemize
8466 \begin_layout Itemize
8472 \begin_layout Itemize
8478 \begin_layout Itemize
8484 \begin_layout Itemize
8490 \begin_layout Itemize
8497 \begin_layout Description
8498 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
8499 You can't nest anything into them.
8503 \begin_layout Itemize
8509 \begin_layout Itemize
8516 \begin_layout Itemize
8523 \begin_layout Standard
8528 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
8542 \begin_layout Subsection
8543 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8544 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:table-and-fig-nesting}
8551 \begin_layout Standard
8552 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8553 affected by nesting anyhow.
8557 \begin_layout Itemize
8561 \begin_layout Itemize
8565 \begin_layout Itemize
8569 \begin_layout Standard
8570 [Note: if you put a figure or a table in a
8574 , this is no longer true.
8575 See below or look in sections
8576 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures}
8581 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables}
8588 \begin_layout Standard
8589 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8590 Well, you can't inline a table, but you can inline math and figures.
8591 If a figure or an equation is inlined, it goes wherever the paragraph it's
8595 \begin_layout Standard
8596 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8601 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8604 of its own, it behaves just like a
8605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8612 paragraph environment.
8613 You can nest it into any environment, but you [obviously] can't nest anything
8617 \begin_layout Standard
8618 Here's an example with a table:
8621 \begin_layout Enumerate
8626 \begin_layout Enumerate
8627 This is (a) and it's nested.
8631 \begin_layout Standard
8632 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8638 \begin_layout Standard
8640 \begin_inset Tabular
8641 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8643 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
8644 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
8645 <row topline="true">
8646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8649 \begin_layout Standard
8664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8667 \begin_layout Standard
8683 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8687 \begin_layout Standard
8702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8705 \begin_layout Standard
8728 \begin_layout Standard
8729 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8736 \begin_layout Enumerate
8738 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8742 \begin_layout Enumerate
8746 \begin_layout Standard
8747 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8750 \begin_layout Enumerate
8755 \begin_layout Enumerate
8756 This is (a) and it's nested.
8760 \begin_layout Standard
8761 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8767 \begin_layout Standard
8769 \begin_inset Tabular
8770 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8772 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
8773 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
8774 <row topline="true">
8775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8778 \begin_layout Standard
8793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8796 \begin_layout Standard
8812 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8816 \begin_layout Standard
8831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8834 \begin_layout Standard
8857 \begin_layout Standard
8858 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8864 \begin_layout Enumerate
8871 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8874 \begin_layout Enumerate
8878 \begin_layout Standard
8879 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8883 \begin_layout Standard
8884 There's another trap you can fall into: nesting the table, but not going
8886 LyX turns anything after the table into a new [sub]list.
8889 \begin_layout Enumerate
8894 \begin_layout Enumerate
8895 This is (a) and it's nested.
8898 \begin_layout Standard
8899 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8905 \begin_layout Standard
8907 \begin_inset Tabular
8908 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8910 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
8911 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
8912 <row topline="true">
8913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8916 \begin_layout Standard
8931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8934 \begin_layout Standard
8950 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8954 \begin_layout Standard
8969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8972 \begin_layout Standard
8995 \begin_layout Standard
8996 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9002 \begin_layout Enumerate
9004 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
9012 \begin_layout Enumerate
9016 \begin_layout Standard
9017 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
9023 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
9024 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
9028 \begin_layout Standard
9029 Then there are the so-called
9038 is a block of text associated with some sort of label, but which doesn't
9039 have a fixed location.
9041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9048 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
9069 When you're editing a document in LyX, a closed
9073 looks like a gray button with a red label and goes wherever the paragraph
9079 has no fixed location in the final text, nesting has no effect on its actual
9080 location after you feed your document to LaTeX.
9083 \begin_layout Subsection
9084 Usage and General Features
9087 \begin_layout Standard
9088 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
9090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9097 is the innermost possible depth.
9098 Here's an example to display what we mean:
9101 \begin_layout Enumerate
9102 level #1 - outermost
9106 \begin_layout Enumerate
9111 \begin_layout Enumerate
9116 \begin_layout Enumerate
9121 \begin_layout Itemize
9126 \begin_layout Itemize
9135 \begin_layout Standard
9136 Once again, LyX has a maximum of 6 levels, regardless of which specific
9137 paragraph environments you're using at a given level.
9141 \begin_layout Standard
9142 Unfortunately, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation.
9143 If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go
9144 to produce output for your document.
9149 That means that you can perform a six-fold nesting of a
9157 environment, and so on.
9158 You can also mix environments, as we shall see later.
9161 \begin_layout Standard
9162 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
9163 both of them in the example.
9164 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
9174 For example, if we tried to nest another
9179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9190 \begin_layout Standard
9191 Once again, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation.
9192 If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go
9193 to produce output for your document.
9201 \begin_layout Subsection
9205 \begin_layout Standard
9206 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
9207 We have several examples of nested environments.
9208 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
9212 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9213 Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
9216 \begin_layout Labeling
9217 \labelwidthstring MMM
9218 #1-a This is the outermost level.
9227 \begin_layout Labeling
9228 \labelwidthstring MMM
9229 #2-a This is level #2.
9230 We created it by using
9243 \begin_layout Labeling
9244 \labelwidthstring MMM
9245 #3-a This is level #3.
9246 This time, we just hit
9256 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
9270 \begin_layout Standard
9275 environment, nested inside of
9276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9284 So, it's at level #4.
9285 We did this by hitting
9294 , then changing the paragraph environment to
9299 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
9315 \begin_layout Standard
9320 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
9327 \begin_layout Labeling
9328 \labelwidthstring MMM
9329 #4-a This is level #4.
9334 and changed the paragraph environment back to
9339 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
9343 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
9348 keep nesting things inside of
9349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9360 \begin_layout Labeling
9361 \labelwidthstring MMM
9362 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9367 \begin_layout Labeling
9368 \labelwidthstring MMM
9369 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9370 and this is level #6.
9371 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9375 \begin_layout Labeling
9376 \labelwidthstring MMM
9377 #5-b Back to level #5.
9391 \begin_layout Labeling
9392 \labelwidthstring MMM
9402 , we're back at level #4.
9406 \begin_layout Labeling
9407 \labelwidthstring MMM
9408 #3-b Back to level #3.
9409 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9413 \begin_layout Labeling
9414 \labelwidthstring MMM
9415 #2-b Back to level #2.
9420 \begin_layout Labeling
9421 \labelwidthstring MMM
9422 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9423 After this sentence, we'll hit
9427 and change the paragraph environment back to
9434 \begin_layout Standard
9435 There you have it! Oh --- we could have also used the
9451 environment in place of the
9456 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9459 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9460 Example #2: Inheritance
9463 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9464 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9467 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9477 , after which, we'll change to the
9485 \begin_layout Enumerate
9490 environment, at level #2.
9493 \begin_layout Enumerate
9494 Notice how the nested
9498 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment [
9502 ], but also inherits its font and spacing!
9506 \begin_layout Standard
9507 We ended this example by hitting
9512 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9516 and resetting the nesting depth by using
9524 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9525 Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the
9537 \begin_layout Standard
9538 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9546 \begin_layout Enumerate
9547 This is level #1, in an
9551 paragraph environment.
9552 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9556 \begin_layout Enumerate
9568 Now, what happens if we nest an
9572 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9573 label be? An asterisk?
9577 \begin_layout Itemize
9587 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9588 So, its label is a bullet.
9589 [Note: we got here by using
9598 , then changing the environment to
9606 \begin_layout Itemize
9607 Here's level #4, produced using
9617 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9622 \begin_layout Enumerate
9623 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9625 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9630 Notice the type of numbering! It's
9658 \begin_layout Enumerate
9663 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9664 type of numbering does LyX use?
9667 \begin_layout Enumerate
9668 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9672 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9675 \begin_layout Enumerate
9681 to decrease the depth after the next
9689 \begin_layout Enumerate
9691 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9695 \begin_layout Enumerate
9697 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9698 numeral as the label.
9702 \begin_layout Enumerate
9703 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9712 Notice, however, that LyX
9716 reset the counter for the label.
9720 \begin_layout Enumerate
9730 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9731 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9732 into the twofold-nested
9740 \begin_layout Enumerate
9741 The same thing happens if we do another
9750 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9753 \begin_layout Standard
9754 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9759 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labelling
9777 surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for an
9782 The same rule applies for the
9786 environment, as well.
9789 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9790 Example #4: Going Bonkers
9793 \begin_layout Enumerate
9794 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9795 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
9796 same detail with how we did it.
9805 \begin_layout Standard
9808 Return, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9811 : level #2] We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
9812 example in brackets someplace.
9813 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
9814 The environment name is, obviously, the name of the current environment.
9815 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
9819 \begin_layout Enumerate
9824 : level #1] This is the next item in the list.
9829 Now we'll add verse.
9831 It will get much worse.
9835 Return, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9842 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9844 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9854 Here comes a table for you:
9858 \begin_layout Standard
9859 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9865 \begin_layout Standard
9867 \begin_inset Tabular
9868 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9870 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9871 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
9873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
9876 \begin_layout Standard
9891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9894 \begin_layout Standard
9910 <row topline="true">
9911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
9914 \begin_layout Standard
9929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9932 \begin_layout Standard
9959 M-Return, Table, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9964 M-Return, Verse, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9971 \begin_layout Enumerate
9976 : level #1] This is another item.
9977 Note that selecting a
9981 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9982 3 times to put the table inside the
9990 \begin_layout Quotation
9991 We're now ending the
9995 list and changing to
10000 We're still at level #1.
10001 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
10002 The next set of paragraphs is a
10003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10010 We'll nest both the
10019 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
10023 for the letter body.
10028 to preserve the depth.
10029 Remember that you need to use
10033 to create multiple lines inside the
10047 \begin_layout Right Address
10050 Moosegroin, MT 00100
10055 \begin_layout Address
10056 Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~
10060 \begin_layout Quotation
10061 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50L of compressed
10062 methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
10063 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
10064 a backlog in our orders for methane.
10065 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
10066 as soon as possible.
10067 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
10070 \begin_layout Quotation
10071 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
10072 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
10073 with your order, along with payment.
10076 \begin_layout Quotation
10077 We thank you again for your patience.
10080 \begin_layout Address
10087 \begin_layout Quotation
10088 That ends that example!
10091 \begin_layout Standard
10092 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
10093 just a few keystrokes.
10094 We could have easily nested an
10115 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
10118 \begin_layout Section
10119 Fonts and Text Styles
10122 \begin_layout Subsection
10126 \begin_layout Standard
10127 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10128 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10129 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10130 font to emphasize text, you use an
10131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10139 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10140 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10144 \begin_layout Standard
10145 Right now, LyX allows you to specify a global default font, and has two
10159 style corresponds to an italics font.
10164 style corresponds to a font in smallcaps, which some languages and writing
10165 styles use to typeset proper names.
10166 The LyX Team actually hopes to someday have a full set of character styles,
10167 and to also allow the user to customize which font changes correspond to
10169 At the moment, though, you'll have to be satisfied with what we've done
10173 \begin_layout Subsection
10177 \begin_layout Standard
10178 You can set the default font from the
10183 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10191 There are two options of interest here,
10208 The possible options under
10216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10227 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10240 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10257 Most systems will typically have some version of a Times and Helvetica
10258 font, with other variants.
10259 You'll have to examine this for yourself.
10262 \begin_layout Standard
10272 option, there are three possible values:
10285 Remember, this is the
10290 LyX actually scales all of the other possible font sizes (such as those
10291 used in footnotes, superscripts, and subscripts) by this value.
10292 You can always fine-tune the font size from within the document if you
10294 It's also rather silly to use an 8pt or 24pt font as the default font size,
10295 as this typically renders your document unreadable.
10298 \begin_layout Standard
10299 Note that once you choose a new value for
10320 You'll only see a difference once you generate the final output.
10321 This is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10322 Besides, you have certainly noticed that "Roman" text on the LyX screen
10323 corresponds to the default font.
10326 \begin_layout Subsection
10327 Using Different Character Styles
10330 \begin_layout Standard
10331 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10332 certain paragraph environments.
10333 We also mentioned two other character styles,
10342 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10346 \begin_layout Standard
10351 style, do one of the following:
10354 \begin_layout Itemize
10355 click on the toolbar button with the person-shaped icon
10358 \begin_layout Itemize
10365 \begin_layout Standard
10366 These commands are all toggles.
10371 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10374 \begin_layout Standard
10375 One typically uses the
10379 style for proper names.
10381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10388 is the original author of LyX.
10389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10395 \begin_layout Standard
10396 A more widely used character style is the
10401 You can activate [or deactivate - it's also a toggle] the
10408 \begin_layout Itemize
10409 clicking on the toolbar button with the
10410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10420 \begin_layout Itemize
10421 using the keybindings
10427 \begin_layout Standard
10432 style is equivalent to an italicized font.
10433 We have plans to make that association more user-configurable in the future.
10436 \begin_layout Standard
10437 We've been using the
10441 style all over the place in this document.
10442 Here's one more example:
10445 \begin_layout Quotation
10448 Don't overuse character styles!
10451 \begin_layout Standard
10452 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10453 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10454 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10455 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10459 \begin_layout Standard
10460 Oh --- one last note: You can always reset to the default font using the
10469 \begin_layout Subsection
10470 Fine-Tuning with the
10477 \begin_layout Standard
10478 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10479 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10480 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10481 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10485 \begin_layout Standard
10490 : There is, in fact, such a style sheet for the LyX Documentation, since
10491 manuals need a certain amount of consistency.
10496 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10497 from ordinary dialogue.
10500 \begin_layout Standard
10501 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10502 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles.
10503 Many modern word processors have a vast array of fonts available to them,
10504 providing you with the power of a printing press.
10505 Unfortunately, there is a tendency to overuse that power.
10507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10510 Using a sledgehammer to swat a fly,
10511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10515 And, as the old saying implies, documents that overuse different fonts
10516 and sizes tend to look like someone's knocked huge holes in them.
10519 \begin_layout Standard
10520 Enough complaining.
10523 \begin_layout Standard
10524 To use custom fonts, open the
10529 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10538 There are seven buttons on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10539 font property which you can choose.
10540 You can choose an option for one of these seven properties, or select
10545 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10550 will reset the property to whatever is the default for the hosting paragraph
10552 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10553 environments in a snap.
10556 \begin_layout Standard
10557 The seven font properties, and their options [in addition to
10569 \begin_layout Labeling
10570 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
10579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10587 The possible options are:
10591 \begin_layout Labeling
10592 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10597 This is the Roman font family.
10601 \begin_layout Standard
10602 It's also the default family.
10612 \begin_layout Labeling
10613 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10621 This is the Sans Serif font family.
10625 \begin_layout Standard
10635 \begin_layout Labeling
10636 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10643 This is the Typewriter font family.
10647 \begin_layout Standard
10658 \begin_layout Labeling
10659 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
10667 This corresponds to the print weight.
10672 \begin_layout Labeling
10673 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10678 This is the Medium font series.
10682 \begin_layout Standard
10683 It's also the default series.
10687 \begin_layout Labeling
10688 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10695 This is the Bold font series.
10699 \begin_layout Standard
10700 You can toggle this series on or off with the keybinding
10710 \begin_layout Labeling
10711 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
10720 As the name implies.
10725 \begin_layout Labeling
10726 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10731 This is the Upright font shape.
10735 \begin_layout Standard
10736 It's also the default shape.
10740 \begin_layout Labeling
10741 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10752 s the Italic font shape
10758 \begin_layout Labeling
10759 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10766 This is the Slanted font shape
10771 (although it might not be visible on screen, this is different from italic).
10774 \begin_layout Labeling
10775 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10783 This is the Small caps font shape
10790 \begin_layout Labeling
10791 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
10800 Alters the size of the font.
10801 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
10802 nal to the default font size.
10803 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
10804 what you want to do.
10808 \begin_layout Standard
10809 The options [and their keybindings] are:
10812 \begin_layout Labeling
10813 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10832 \begin_layout Standard
10847 \begin_layout Labeling
10848 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10866 \begin_layout Standard
10876 \begin_layout Labeling
10877 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10895 \begin_layout Standard
10910 \begin_layout Labeling
10911 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10930 \begin_layout Standard
10945 \begin_layout Labeling
10946 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10963 \begin_layout Standard
10964 It's also the default size.
10979 \begin_layout Labeling
10980 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10999 \begin_layout Standard
11014 \begin_layout Labeling
11015 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11034 \begin_layout Standard
11049 \begin_layout Labeling
11050 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11069 \begin_layout Standard
11079 \begin_layout Labeling
11080 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11099 \begin_layout Standard
11114 \begin_layout Labeling
11115 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11134 \begin_layout Standard
11149 \begin_layout Standard
11154 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11155 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11156 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
11157 - use that instead.
11158 This is here for fine-tuning
11164 \begin_layout Labeling
11165 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11173 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
11178 \begin_layout Labeling
11179 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11186 This is text with emphasize on
11192 \begin_layout Standard
11193 This might seem like the same as
11197 , but it is actually a bit different.
11198 If you use emphasize on italicized text, it will make it upright.
11199 In future versions of LyX, we hope to let you customize the exact behavior
11208 \begin_layout Labeling
11209 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11216 This is text with Underbar on.
11220 \begin_layout Standard
11230 \begin_layout Labeling
11231 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11238 This is text with Noun on.
11242 \begin_layout Standard
11247 , this is a logical attribute.
11248 For the moment, it is equivalent to
11253 , but that is bound to change some day.
11257 \begin_layout Standard
11258 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
11259 when you couldn't change fonts.
11260 We no longer need to resort to emphasizing text by overstriking it with
11261 an underscore character.
11262 It's only included in LyX because it's also in LaTeX, and because some
11267 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions (and in
11268 fact we use it in these manuals to indicate keyboard shortcuts for menu
11273 \begin_layout Labeling
11274 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11279 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
11280 Of course, you need to have a color printer to exploit this, but you also
11285 LaTeX package installed.
11290 is not able to display these colors.
11301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11308 , you can choose between
11343 \begin_layout Labeling
11344 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11349 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
11350 the language of the document.
11351 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change.
11354 \begin_layout Standard
11355 You have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
11358 \begin_layout Standard
11359 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
11364 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11372 dialog, you can activate it using the toolbar button labelled
11373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11388 The toolbar button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style
11389 even when the dialog isn't visible.
11393 \begin_layout Standard
11394 As we stated earlier, to completely reset the character style to the default,
11401 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
11402 (suppose you just sent the shape to
11403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11420 Toggle on all these
11433 \begin_layout Standard
11434 We conclude with the same warning we've been spewing: Don't overuse the
11436 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a horrible substitute for good
11438 Your writing should speak for itself --- and will.
11441 \begin_layout Section
11442 Printing and Previewing
11445 \begin_layout Subsection
11449 \begin_layout Standard
11450 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
11451 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
11452 Before we tell you that, however, we want to give you a quickie explanation
11453 of what goes on behind-the-scenes.
11454 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
11461 \begin_layout Standard
11462 LyX uses a program called
11463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11471 (Actually, LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system,
11472 but to prevent confusion, we'll just refer to the whole magilla as
11473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11480 ) Think of it this way: LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
11481 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
11482 This happens in a couple of stages:
11485 \begin_layout Enumerate
11486 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
11487 generating a file with the extension,
11488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11503 \begin_layout Enumerate
11504 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
11508 file to produce printable output.
11509 It doesn't know anything about your printer, however.
11510 Instead, LaTeX produces what's known as a
11514 file, or DVI for short.
11515 The actual output is in a file with the extension,
11516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11528 DVI files are completely portable; you can move them from one machine to
11529 another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
11533 \begin_layout Description
11534 NOTE: The DVI file only contains what was in the LaTeX file itself.
11535 If you have included PostScript pictures in your document, there will only
11536 be a link to these files.
11537 So don't forget these files if you move your
11541 file to another computer.
11545 \begin_layout Enumerate
11551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11558 Once you have it, you can view it, print it, or convert it to other formats.
11562 \begin_layout Enumerate
11567 files using a program called
11574 \begin_layout Enumerate
11575 Some printers and Unix systems understand DVI, and can print your
11582 \begin_layout Enumerate
11583 Nowadays, most printers understand the PostScript format.
11584 LyX automatically converts the
11588 file to a PostScript file for you when you go to print out your document.
11589 LyX will also let you preview a PostScript version of your document using
11598 \begin_layout Standard
11599 One advantage of using PostScript® is that the converter program [called
11604 ] takes any PostScript graphics you may have included in your document and
11605 puts it into the resulting PostScript version of your document.
11606 It also includes any special fonts you may have used.
11607 That makes the PostScript version much, much more portable than the DVI
11613 \begin_layout Standard
11614 LyX does all of these steps automagically for you.
11617 \begin_layout Standard
11618 As you have seen, a lot of things happen before you get a hardcopy or a
11619 preview of your document.
11620 So, don't worry if printing requires a bit more time than with other word
11622 The printed result is worth the wait.
11623 Quality always has its price.
11626 \begin_layout Subsection
11627 Quick Viewing with xdvi
11630 \begin_layout Standard
11631 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
11632 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, select
11637 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11648 \begin_layout Standard
11649 When all of the behind-the-scenes action is done, LyX calls the program
11655 You can now look at the results.
11656 [If you want more info on the
11667 \begin_layout Description
11668 Helpful-Tip: Keep the
11672 window open, maybe moving it to another desktop.
11673 Then, after you make changes to your document, just use
11678 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11683 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11700 program will automatically reread the
11704 file and give you an updated view.
11707 \begin_layout Subsection
11708 Viewing the PostScript Version with ghostview
11711 \begin_layout Standard
11716 to view your document is the easiest and fastest way.
11717 There may be times, however, when you want to look at the PostScript version.
11718 One reason is fonts.
11722 \begin_layout Standard
11727 : Another reason is paranoia.
11728 I always like to look at the PostScript file before I print it, just so
11729 I see exactly what went to the printer\SpecialChar \ldots{}
11735 You can use PostScript fonts in a LaTeX document, but
11744 or some other PostScript file viewer to see the actual results.
11747 \begin_layout Standard
11748 To view the PostScript version of your document, select
11764 When all of the magic behind-the-scenes is done, LyX calls the program
11769 You can now look at the results.
11772 \begin_layout Standard
11773 You've guessed what the
11778 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11792 menu does, haven't you? Remember to click once in the
11796 window after this command to update the view.
11799 \begin_layout Subsection
11803 \begin_layout Standard
11804 To print a file, select
11818 menu, or click on the toolbar button with the printer on it.
11826 \begin_layout Standard
11827 You can choose to only print even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
11828 is useful for printing on two sides: you can re-insert the pages after
11829 printing one set of pages, to print on the other side.
11830 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
11831 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
11832 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
11835 \begin_layout Standard
11836 You can set the parameters in the
11843 \begin_layout Labeling
11844 \labelwidthstring MMMM
11852 This is the name of the printer to print to.
11856 \begin_layout Standard
11857 Note that this printer name isn't for the
11870 has to be configured for this printer name.
11872 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:dvipsconfig}
11880 documentation for details.
11881 The default printer can also be set in
11890 The printer should understand PostScript files.
11893 \begin_layout Labeling
11894 \labelwidthstring MMMM
11902 The name of a file to print to.
11903 The output will be in Post\SpecialChar \-
11905 The file will generally be written in the current directory, unless you
11906 specify the full path.
11909 \begin_layout Standard
11910 Note that printing may need little time, since LaTeX,
11914 and, if you don't have a PostScript printer,
11918 have to process your document.
11921 \begin_layout Section
11922 A Few Words about Typography
11925 \begin_layout Subsection
11926 Hyphens and Hyphenation
11927 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:hyphens}
11934 \begin_layout Standard
11936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11947 character comes in three lengths, often called the
11962 \begin_layout Enumerate
11968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11982 \begin_layout Enumerate
11988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11997 \begin_layout Standard
12008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12014 \begin_layout Enumerate
12020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12029 \begin_layout Standard
12041 \begin_layout Standard
12052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12058 \begin_layout Enumerate
12062 \begin_inset Formula $-$
12068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12082 \begin_layout Standard
12083 You generate these by using the
12084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12095 character multiple times in a row.
12096 LyX automatically converts them to the appropriate length dash in the final
12100 \begin_layout Standard
12101 The three types of dash are distinct from the minus sign, which appears
12102 in math mode and has a length of its own.
12103 Here are some examples of the
12104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12118 \begin_layout Enumerate
12119 line- and page-breaks
12128 \begin_layout Enumerate
12138 \begin_layout Enumerate
12139 Oh --- there's a dash.
12148 \begin_layout Enumerate
12149 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
12161 \begin_layout Standard
12162 Those of you reading this from within LyX will see no difference, though
12163 there is one in the printed version.
12166 \begin_layout Standard
12167 One more note about hyphenation --- LyX automatically breaks up words and
12168 inserts hyphens in English text.
12169 The words won't be hyphenated until you generate the final output.
12172 \begin_layout Standard
12173 Actually, it's LaTeX that does this, and it will also hyphenate words in
12179 To know whether (PDF)LaTeX hyphenates for
12183 language, look at any log file produced by a LaTeX run: it will say
12186 \begin_layout Quote
12189 Babel <v3.7h> and hyphenation patterns for american, french, german, ngerman,
12190 nohyphenation, loaded.
12193 \begin_layout Standard
12194 This tells you that, e.g., if you write in Finnish, you're out of luck.
12195 Study (for the teTeX distribution of LaTeX) the utilities
12203 in order to switch hyphenation on for your language by ''uncommenting''
12204 the relevant line in a file typically named
12209 Sorry for the inconvenience.
12212 \begin_layout Standard
12213 If, for whatever reason, LaTeX
12217 can't break a word correctly (e.g., a compound word), you can set hyphenation
12219 This is done with the menu item
12221 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
12230 Special\InsetSpace ~
12245 Note that these extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
12246 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will totally ignore them.
12249 \begin_layout Subsection
12253 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12254 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
12255 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:abbrev}
12262 \begin_layout Standard
12263 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
12264 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
12265 LaTeX then adds the
12266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12269 appropriate amount of space
12270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12273 : sentences get a little bit more space between the period and the next
12275 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
12278 \begin_layout Standard
12279 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation and
12280 what's the end of a sentence is really quite brain-dead.
12282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12293 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
12294 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
12297 \begin_layout Standard
12298 Here are some examples of
12302 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
12305 \begin_layout Itemize
12310 \begin_layout Itemize
12315 \begin_layout Standard
12316 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
12317 and here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
12320 \begin_layout Itemize
12323 this is too much space!
12326 \begin_layout Itemize
12331 \begin_layout Standard
12332 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
12335 \begin_layout Standard
12336 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
12339 \begin_layout Enumerate
12342 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
12345 after lowercase abbreviations (see section\InsetSpace ~
12347 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:normblank-lbreak-horline}
12354 \begin_layout Enumerate
12360 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section\InsetSpace ~
12362 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:thinblank-lbreak-horline}
12369 \begin_layout Enumerate
12374 sentence\InsetSpace ~
12382 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12387 pecial\InsetSpace ~
12390 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
12391 This function is also bound to
12398 \begin_layout Standard
12399 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
12402 \begin_layout Itemize
12403 e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
12404 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
12405 this is too much space!
12408 \begin_layout Itemize
12409 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
12413 \begin_layout Standard
12414 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
12415 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry about all
12417 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
12423 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12431 feature described in
12438 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12440 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:quotes}
12447 \begin_layout Standard
12448 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
12449 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
12450 and use a closing quote at the end.
12452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12460 The keyboard character,
12464 , generates this automatically.
12467 \begin_layout Standard
12470 New in version 1.4:
12472 To get single quotation marks, you have to press
12477 This produces quotation marks like this:
12478 \begin_inset Quotes els
12484 \begin_layout Standard
12485 You can also select quotes for different languages via the
12493 There are six choices:
12496 \begin_layout Labeling
12497 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12509 Use quotes like this
12510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12518 \begin_inset Quotes els
12522 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12528 \begin_layout Labeling
12529 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12532 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12536 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12542 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12546 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12550 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12556 \begin_layout Labeling
12557 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12560 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12564 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12570 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12574 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12578 \begin_inset Quotes gls
12582 \begin_inset Quotes grs
12588 \begin_layout Labeling
12589 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12592 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12596 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12602 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12606 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12610 \begin_inset Quotes pls
12614 \begin_inset Quotes prs
12620 \begin_layout Labeling
12621 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12624 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12628 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12634 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12638 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12642 \begin_inset Quotes fls
12646 \begin_inset Quotes frs
12652 \begin_layout Labeling
12653 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12656 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12660 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12666 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12670 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12674 \begin_inset Quotes als
12678 \begin_inset Quotes ars
12684 \begin_layout Standard
12685 Again, this affects what character the
12692 \begin_layout Standard
12693 On the other hand, if you want to produce a bona-fide quote character, type
12706 \begin_layout Subsection
12708 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ligatures}
12715 \begin_layout Standard
12716 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
12717 print them as single characters.
12718 These groups are known as
12723 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your LyX documents will contain them,
12725 Here are the possible ligatures:
12728 \begin_layout Itemize
12732 \begin_layout Itemize
12736 \begin_layout Itemize
12740 \begin_layout Itemize
12744 \begin_layout Itemize
12748 \begin_layout Standard
12749 Once in a while, though, you don't want a ligature in a word.
12750 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
12751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12758 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
12759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12774 To break a ligature, use
12779 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12780 Special\InsetSpace ~
12787 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
12790 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
12795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12799 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12803 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12806 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12808 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12823 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12831 \begin_layout Subsection
12833 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:widows}
12840 \begin_layout Standard
12841 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
12843 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
12844 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
12845 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
12846 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
12847 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
12848 These dangly-bits of text became known as
12859 \begin_layout Standard
12860 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
12861 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
12862 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
12863 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
12864 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
12865 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
12866 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
12869 \begin_layout Standard
12870 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
12871 or how you can tweak that behavior.
12872 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~
12874 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexcompanion}
12880 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide}
12884 ] may have more information.
12885 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
12888 \begin_layout Chapter
12889 Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes
12890 \begin_inset OptArg
12893 \begin_layout Standard
12894 Tables, Figures, and Notes
12902 \begin_layout Section
12906 \begin_layout Standard
12907 Unlike other typesetting programs, LyX uses
12908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12915 boxes instead of displaying its footnotes at the bottom of the screen or
12916 somewhere else in your text.
12917 When you insert a footnote with
12926 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
12950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12957 appearing within your text.
12958 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
12959 You can enter your text into this box.
12961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12980 label, the box will
12981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12993 Clicking on the button again will
12998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13009 \begin_layout Standard
13010 To close this footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
13015 You will not see any numbers within LyX.
13016 You don't need to worry about those, anyhow, because LyX does the numbering
13017 for you, as well as putting the footnote at the bottom of the correct page,
13018 when it processes your file.
13019 If you want to turn already existing text into a footnote, simply mark
13020 it and click on the footnote button (a picture of text with an arrow pointing
13021 to stuff in the bottom margin).
13024 \begin_layout Standard
13025 What LyX cannot do, yet, is take care of special needs like setting the
13026 footnote numbering back to 1 after each section in the
13027 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13040 document class or changing the counter
13045 You'll need to insert LaTeX commands like th
13053 Tricks for Footnotes and Marginpars
13056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13074 \begin_layout Description
13075 NOTE: A float in LaTeX and LyX isn't a simple paragraph as with usual word
13077 It is a complex text structure that may contain everything except floats.
13078 That means you can use all the layouts inside a float, even figures and
13080 You may not need this too often, but if you do occasionally need it, it's
13084 \begin_layout Section
13088 \begin_layout Standard
13089 Margin notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
13090 When you insert a margin note via
13096 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13112 or the toolbar button (which contains a picture of text in a margin with
13113 an arrow pointing to it), you'll see
13129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13136 appearing within your text.
13137 \begin_inset Marginal
13140 \begin_layout Standard
13141 This is a margin note.
13146 This box is LyX's representation of your margin note.
13147 You can enter your text into this box.
13149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13162 label, the box will
13163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13171 You can access it at a later time by clicking on the
13178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13188 \begin_layout Standard
13189 As a default, LyX uses 1.9 cm (0.75 inches) as the margin width to allow room
13191 This might not be what you're looking for, but as with footnotes, LyX cannot
13192 yet do everything LaTeX has to offer.
13193 You might want to consult your LaTeX handbook for additional commands.
13197 \begin_layout Section
13198 Figures and Imported Graphics
13199 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:figures}
13206 \begin_layout Standard
13207 No document preparation system is complete without the ability to import
13208 graphics from other utilities into the document.
13209 In LyX, these are referred to as ``figures'' whether they are actually
13210 figures in the traditional sense or simply some kind of imported image.
13214 \begin_layout Standard
13215 Note that figures referred to here are do not have captions and sit wherever
13216 in the document you place them.
13217 If you need one of these features, see sec.\InsetSpace ~
13219 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
13226 \begin_layout Standard
13227 To place a figure in your document, click on the second right-most icon
13228 on the toolbar, or select
13233 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13244 \begin_layout Standard
13245 A graphics inset will be added to your document and a dialog will appear
13246 for you to choose the file to load.
13247 You can also change any settings you need to in this dialog.
13250 \begin_layout Standard
13252 \begin_inset Graphics
13253 filename mobius.eps
13256 rotateOrigin center
13263 \begin_layout Standard
13264 This dialog has numerous parameters, though most should be self-explanatory.
13269 tab allows you to choose your image file (note that a wide variety of image
13270 formats are supported automatically).
13271 The figure can be transformed by setting a rotation angle, using a bounding
13275 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cap:Units-for-image}
13279 describes all available units.
13280 It is possible to set a bounding box automatically for some image formats
13283 Bounding\InsetSpace ~
13287 Note that it is possible to control the display of the figure in LyX and
13288 the display in the final document separately, which can be very useful
13290 LaTeX wizards can specify additional LaTeX options in the
13295 You can also set the
13299 option here, for use in figure floats (see Section\InsetSpace ~
13301 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
13308 \begin_layout Subsection
13312 \begin_layout Standard
13313 LyX has the ability to handle literally any graphics format in the known
13314 universe so long as a conversion path from this graphics format to the
13315 target output format can be created.
13316 If that sounds a little obtuse, consider how LyX handles Encapsulated PostScrip
13318 LaTeX provides native support for this format, so LyX needs do nothing
13325 LaTeX command to insert the figure in the final document.
13328 \begin_layout Standard
13329 \begin_inset Float table
13335 \begin_layout Caption
13336 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cap:Units-for-image}
13340 Units for setting the image size
13343 \begin_layout Standard
13344 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
13350 \begin_layout Standard
13352 \begin_inset Tabular
13353 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
13355 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
13356 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
13357 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
13358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13361 \begin_layout Standard
13367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13370 \begin_layout Standard
13377 <row topline="true">
13378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13381 \begin_layout Standard
13387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13390 \begin_layout Standard
13397 <row topline="true">
13398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13401 \begin_layout Standard
13407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13410 \begin_layout Standard
13417 <row topline="true">
13418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13421 \begin_layout Standard
13427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13430 \begin_layout Standard
13437 <row topline="true">
13438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13441 \begin_layout Standard
13447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13450 \begin_layout Standard
13451 point (72.27 pt = 1 in)
13457 <row topline="true">
13458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13461 \begin_layout Standard
13467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13470 \begin_layout Standard
13471 pica (1 pc = 12 pt)
13477 <row topline="true">
13478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13481 \begin_layout Standard
13487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13490 \begin_layout Standard
13491 scaled point (65536 sp = 1 pt)
13497 <row topline="true">
13498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13501 \begin_layout Standard
13507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13510 \begin_layout Standard
13511 big point (72 bp = 1 in)
13517 <row topline="true">
13518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13521 \begin_layout Standard
13527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13530 \begin_layout Standard
13532 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
13536 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
13545 <row topline="true">
13546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13549 \begin_layout Standard
13555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13558 \begin_layout Standard
13559 cicero (1cc = 12 dd)
13565 <row topline="true">
13566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13569 \begin_layout Standard
13575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13578 \begin_layout Standard
13579 % of original image width
13585 <row topline="true">
13586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13589 \begin_layout Standard
13595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13598 \begin_layout Standard
13605 <row topline="true">
13606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13609 \begin_layout Standard
13615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13618 \begin_layout Standard
13625 <row topline="true">
13626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13629 \begin_layout Standard
13635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13638 \begin_layout Standard
13645 <row topline="true">
13646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13649 \begin_layout Standard
13655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13658 \begin_layout Standard
13665 <row topline="true">
13666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13669 \begin_layout Standard
13675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13678 \begin_layout Standard
13685 <row topline="true">
13686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13689 \begin_layout Standard
13695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13698 \begin_layout Standard
13705 <row topline="true">
13706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13709 \begin_layout Standard
13715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13718 \begin_layout Standard
13729 <row topline="true">
13730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13733 \begin_layout Standard
13739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13742 \begin_layout Standard
13753 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
13754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13757 \begin_layout Standard
13763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13766 \begin_layout Standard
13767 math unit (1 mu = 1/18 em)
13785 \begin_layout Standard
13786 To view the figure on the LyX screen, however, some additional work is required
13787 because neither the XForms nor the Qt GUI libraries can load PostScript®
13788 figures themselves.
13789 The XForms library can load figures in the following, widely used graphics
13822 whilst the Qt library can also handle
13835 Thus, LyX must initiate a conversion from Encapsulated PostScript® to a
13836 loadable graphics format.
13839 \begin_layout Standard
13840 It does this using the powerful, configurable converters mechanism exposed
13852 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
13861 If LyX cannot create a conversion path (which might have many steps) from
13862 Encapsulated PostScript® to one of the loadable formats listed above, then
13863 it defaults to the use of ImageMagick's
13868 If, after all that, LyX
13872 cannot load the figure, then it'll tell you so with a message
13873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13876 Error converting to loadable format
13877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13880 in place of an on-screen view of your figure.
13881 If you're presented with such a message, then you'll need to augment the
13882 list of known converters.
13885 \begin_layout Standard
13886 This strategy is used both to generate on-screen views of your image and
13887 when generating the final document.
13888 In the latter case, the LaTeX compiler must be supplied with graphics files
13889 in PostScript® format.
13890 Similarly the PDFLaTeX compiler requires files in
13903 LyX will handle the necessary conversions behind the scenes.
13906 \begin_layout Subsection
13910 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13911 Using Figure Floats
13912 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:figurefloats}
13919 \begin_layout Standard
13920 The problem with inserting figures straight into your text is that they
13921 might make the pagination of your document extremely awkward.
13922 To suit the LyX mentality of automating such processes, you might find
13923 it preferable to use
13925 Figure\InsetSpace ~
13928 , which LyX (actually, LaTeX) is free to move about your document as it
13929 deems necessary for a good fit.
13930 In return, LyX automates the listing of these figures and allows you to
13931 place a caption on them, using the
13935 environment explained in Section\InsetSpace ~
13937 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:captionlayout}
13944 \begin_layout Standard
13947 Figure\InsetSpace ~
13955 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13960 t\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13964 You will get a float without a figure in it; use the toolbar icon described
13965 above to insert the actual figure.
13968 \begin_layout Standard
13969 \begin_inset Float figure
13975 \begin_layout Caption
13976 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig:escher}
13984 \begin_layout Standard
13986 \begin_inset Graphics
13987 filename escher-lsd.eps
13989 rotateOrigin center
14001 \begin_layout Standard
14002 \begin_inset Float figure
14008 \begin_layout Standard
14010 \begin_inset Graphics
14011 filename platypus.eps
14013 rotateOrigin center
14020 \begin_layout Caption
14021 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig:kill-plat}
14025 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
14033 \begin_layout Standard
14034 It seems simple, but there is subtlety involved in the placement of the
14036 If you prefer your caption to appear below the figure, then you must press
14037 return when the cursor is at the very start of the caption, and insert
14038 the figure in the new paragraph created above the caption; or you can delete
14039 the caption and recreate it by selecting the
14043 environment after the figure has been inserted.
14044 This is what we did for figure
14045 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{fig:kill-plat}
14050 If the cursor is in a paragraph after the caption when you insert the
14054 then it will be inserted after the caption, as was the case for
14055 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{fig:escher}
14060 It is preferred to use one
14069 This allows LyX [actually LaTeX] to best position each figure.
14072 \begin_layout Standard
14073 Right-clicking on a float opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
14074 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float (see
14075 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:float-locn}
14085 is only useful for two-column documents: if you select it, the float will
14086 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
14090 \begin_layout Standard
14091 This figure also shows how we place a label and create a cross-reference
14092 to it; as you would expect from reading section
14093 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:crossref}
14097 you can simply insert a
14104 in the caption and refer to it using a
14113 It is especially important to use these with figure floats, rather than
14114 using vague references to
14115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14122 as LaTeX will reposition your floats for you in the final document; it
14124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14132 If it is not possible to fit the floats neatly on the same page as the
14133 text which refers to it, the figures will be placed on a separate page
14135 Rest assured that the overall effect is usually quite nice.
14138 \begin_layout Standard
14139 Note that the caption is used in a
14149 (as described in Section\InsetSpace ~
14151 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:ListsOf}
14155 ) automatically, should you choose to include one in your document.
14158 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14160 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:float-locn}
14167 \begin_layout Standard
14168 Now, the whole idea behind
14170 Figure\InsetSpace ~
14178 , which we introduce later] is to allow LyX to place a figure [or table]
14179 on a page in a consistent, sensible fashion.
14180 The rules LaTeX uses are rather arcane; refer to the LaTeX documentation
14181 for the exact details.
14182 You can use check boxes in the float dialog to set placement for a particular
14184 By default, each float uses the document's default placement rules.
14185 You can change these, if you wish, in the
14190 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14203 box takes a LaTeX-style placement specification.
14204 You can place any combination of four letters in the
14212 \begin_layout Itemize
14222 \begin_layout Itemize
14232 \begin_layout Itemize
14242 \begin_layout Itemize
14252 \begin_layout Standard
14253 The letters correspond to the following behaviour:
14256 \begin_layout Description
14257 Here: LyX tries to put the
14261 at the same point in the text where you put it.
14265 \begin_layout Standard
14266 If there isn't enough room, LyX tries one of the other three location types.
14270 \begin_layout Description
14271 Top: LyX tries to put the
14275 at the top of the current page.
14276 If the figure won't fit on the current page, it goes to the next page.
14279 \begin_layout Description
14280 Bottom: LyX tries to put the
14284 at the bottom of the current page.
14285 If there isn't room, it goes to the next page.
14288 \begin_layout Description
14289 Page: LyX tries to put the
14297 s) on a page of its own.
14300 \begin_layout Standard
14301 There is some subtlety to how this all works.
14302 The order specifies what location LyX should try first.
14303 If that one fails, it tries the next one, and so on, though
14304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14315 will always take precedence if it appears in the list.
14316 The default placement list is
14317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14328 : try the top of a text page first, then the bottom of a text page, then
14329 on a page by itself.
14330 If you want LyX to try
14331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14338 to place the figure where you command it, precede the list with an exclamation
14340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14348 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14352 Here are some example entries and what they do:
14355 \begin_layout Enumerate
14362 \begin_layout Standard
14363 Try putting the figure/table at its actual position in the text.
14364 If that doesn't work, put it on the bottom of the page.
14365 If that fails, put it on a separate page.
14369 \begin_layout Enumerate
14376 \begin_layout Standard
14377 Try really hard to put the figure/table at its actual position in the text.
14378 Then the bottom of the page, then on a separate page.
14382 \begin_layout Enumerate
14389 \begin_layout Standard
14390 Put the figure/table at the top of each page.
14391 If it's too long, put it on a separate page.
14395 \begin_layout Enumerate
14402 \begin_layout Standard
14403 Always put figures and tables on their own page.
14407 \begin_layout Subsection
14411 \begin_layout Standard
14412 One obvious question is
14413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14416 how would I create the figures?
14417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14420 Fortunately, the answer is included in most Linux and/or LaTeX distributions.
14425 is a powerful though slightly awkward drawing tool.
14426 If you want to include figures that you have created with
14430 there are several ways.
14431 We recommend the following:
14434 \begin_layout Enumerate
14435 Export the figure as Encapsulated PostScript.
14436 This could be very easy included into LyX as described in the previous
14438 The great advantage of this way is, that you have the full power of PostScript®
14440 That means Bezier curves, colors, all line thicknesses and many more.
14441 If you have inserted text into your fig-document this will be printed with
14442 PostScript fonts, which is OK\SpecialChar \@.
14443 The figure can be manipulated like any other
14444 EPS figure, as described above.
14449 \begin_layout Standard
14450 The only disadvantage is that you cannot create formulas as PostScript text
14452 If you also need formulas or simple exponents or indices in your figure,
14453 the next way is recommended.
14457 \begin_layout Enumerate
14458 Export the figure as LaTeX.
14459 This is just as easy to include into LyX, with the advantage that you may
14460 use all LaTeX commands within the text inside XFig.
14461 Therefore you have to set the
14466 This is automatic if you invoke XFig with
14472 If this is done and you have also chosen a LaTeX font you may simply write
14474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14483 XFig\SpecialChar \@.
14486 If you export this figure as LaTeX and include it in LyX with
14491 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14499 (see description in
14503 ) this text will appear as
14504 \begin_inset Formula $H_{2}$
14512 \begin_layout Standard
14513 The disadvantage of this way is that the graphical power of LaTeX isn't
14514 as strong as PostScript®\SpecialChar \@.
14515 You cannot use all thicknesses of lines and, more
14516 annoyingly, not all slopes.
14517 This is why we recommend the third way for more complex figures.
14521 \begin_layout Enumerate
14522 Export the figure as LaTeX/PostScript combined.
14531 , really] will generate two files:
14535 \begin_layout Enumerate
14536 the PostScript part
14540 , that contains all painting.
14543 \begin_layout Enumerate
14548 , that contains all text and a link to the PostScript part.
14552 \begin_layout Standard
14553 Then you just have to include the LaTeX part as described above.
14554 This will automatically include the PostScript part, too.
14558 \begin_layout Standard
14559 If you get an error like
14560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14563 unknown graphics extension pstex
14564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14567 you have to declare these graphic extensions.
14572 bug that occurs with LaTeX2e.
14573 Simply add a line like
14576 \begin_layout Standard
14581 @namedef{Gin@rule@ps_tex}#1{{eps}{ps_tex}{#1}}
14584 \begin_layout Standard
14587 /usr/lib/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/dvips.def
14597 \begin_layout Standard
14602 Gin@extensions{eps, ps, pstex, eps.gz, ps.gz, eps=2EZ}
14605 \begin_layout Standard
14606 This should fix the whole thing.
14607 Alternatively you may export the postscript part as
14611 and change the LaTeX part
14616 But this is annoying.
14622 This way you have the full PostScript® and LaTeX power combined except
14623 for the possibility to scale the figure after creating.
14624 So if you want scalable pictures, the PostScript format is your only choice.
14625 Another little advantage of letting LaTeX typeset the font is that the
14626 same font will appear in your figures as in your text, which looks a little
14630 \begin_layout Section
14632 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:tables}
14639 \begin_layout Standard
14640 LyX has powerful table support, but LaTeX can do many more things with tables
14641 than LyX is currently capable of, so you might want to look at a good LaTeX
14642 book if the features described here should turn out to be inadequate.
14645 \begin_layout Standard
14646 You can insert a table using either the table toolbar button or
14651 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14659 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
14660 The default table has lines at the top and to the left of every cell, a
14661 line to the right of the rightmost column and a line at the bottom of the
14662 lowest row, forming a box around the table.
14663 Additionally, the topmost row also has a line at the bottom, which causes
14664 this row to appear separated from the rest of the table.
14668 \begin_layout Standard
14670 \begin_inset Tabular
14671 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
14673 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14674 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14675 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
14676 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14677 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14681 \begin_layout Standard
14687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14690 \begin_layout Standard
14705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14708 \begin_layout Standard
14723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14726 \begin_layout Standard
14742 <row topline="true">
14743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14746 \begin_layout Standard
14761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14764 \begin_layout Standard
14770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14773 \begin_layout Standard
14779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14782 \begin_layout Standard
14789 <row topline="true">
14790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14793 \begin_layout Standard
14808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14811 \begin_layout Standard
14817 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14820 \begin_layout Standard
14835 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14838 \begin_layout Standard
14845 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14849 \begin_layout Standard
14864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14867 \begin_layout Standard
14873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14876 \begin_layout Standard
14882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14885 \begin_layout Standard
14899 \begin_layout Subsection
14903 \begin_layout Standard
14904 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
14905 brings up a settings dialog.
14906 Among these options are:
14909 \begin_layout Itemize
14910 Adding/removing border lines from a row or column.
14911 If you remove the top line from one of the rows, you'll get a dotted line
14912 in LyX, but no line will appear in the printout.
14913 If you set the bottom line of one row and the top line of the row below,
14914 then the rows are separated by a small space, as you can see with the top
14915 row in the example above.
14916 You can do the same vertically if you set the right line of a column and
14917 the left line of the column to the right.
14920 \begin_layout Itemize
14921 Text alignment in a column
14924 \begin_layout Itemize
14925 Appending rows and columns
14928 \begin_layout Itemize
14929 Deleting rows, columns, or the entire table
14932 \begin_layout Itemize
14936 \begin_layout Itemize
14937 Setting a fixed width for a column
14940 \begin_layout Itemize
14941 Longtable options - this is useful if your table is higher than the paper.
14942 Then the table is split on the bottom of the page and continued on the
14943 next one, instead of running of the end of the page.
14946 \begin_layout Itemize
14947 Rotate the whole table or a single cell sideways, by 90 degrees
14950 \begin_layout Standard
14951 You can also use the menu to perform these operations.
14957 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14966 when the cursor is inside a table.
14970 \begin_layout Standard
14971 Most of these options also work on selections.
14972 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
14973 done on all of your selection.
14974 Note that there is a difference between selecting the
14978 of the cell, and the cell itself.
14979 If you can see a red border inside a cell, then a selection will select
14985 or click outside of the box, then the selection will select cells (whether
14986 you use the mouse or the normal cursor-movement keys).
14989 \begin_layout Standard
14990 When you append a row, it is added
14994 the row containing the cursor.
14995 Similarly, columns are appended to the
15000 This makes it difficult to add columns on the left edge of a table without
15001 a lot of cutting and pasting.
15002 Deletion is always performed on the row or column containing the cursor.
15006 \begin_layout Standard
15007 The multicolumn option merges two or more adjacent cells on a given row.
15008 For example, in the above table, row
15009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15016 has had multicolumn applied to the columns labelled
15017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15032 To use it, you must first select the cells, then choose
15037 This will not work vertically - see the Table Examples document for how
15041 \begin_layout Standard
15046 if you need to have a special handling for a single table cell's top and
15047 bottom border lines and text alignment.
15048 Here an example of this special handling of a cell:
15051 \begin_layout Standard
15053 \begin_inset Tabular
15054 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15056 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15057 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15058 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15059 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15060 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15063 \begin_layout Standard
15078 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15081 \begin_layout Standard
15096 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15099 \begin_layout Standard
15115 <row topline="true">
15116 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15119 \begin_layout Standard
15134 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15137 \begin_layout Standard
15151 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15154 \begin_layout Standard
15169 <row topline="true">
15170 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15173 \begin_layout Standard
15188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15191 \begin_layout Standard
15205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15208 \begin_layout Standard
15223 <row topline="true">
15224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15227 \begin_layout Standard
15242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15245 \begin_layout Standard
15259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15262 \begin_layout Standard
15277 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15281 \begin_layout Standard
15296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15299 \begin_layout Standard
15313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15316 \begin_layout Standard
15338 \begin_layout Standard
15339 You see here that the header line cells are aligned to the center, whereas
15340 the left column is aligned to the left, and the other columns are aligned
15342 Also the bottom and top line of two cells have been removed.
15343 \begin_inset Note Note
15346 \begin_layout Standard
15347 I can make nothing of this explanation.
15348 An improvement would be nice :) - jbl
15356 \begin_layout Standard
15357 If you want your column to have a fixed width, then you can insert a width
15370 This will then allow the cell to have multiple paragraphs of text.
15373 \begin_layout Standard
15374 If your table becomes too large to fit on a portrait document layout, you
15377 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
15380 button, and the table will appear sideways (this means landscape in a portrait
15382 You might also like to rotate single table cells to give them more horizontal
15384 The example below demonstrates why it is useful to rotate single cells.
15387 \begin_layout Standard
15394 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
15401 display on screen, and works
15405 for PostScript output.
15406 So, if you want to preview them, use
15411 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15425 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
15430 will not show the table properly.
15433 \begin_layout Standard
15435 \begin_inset Tabular
15436 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="12">
15438 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15439 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15440 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15441 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15442 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15443 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15444 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15445 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15446 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15447 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15448 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15449 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15450 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15454 \begin_layout Standard
15469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15472 \begin_layout Standard
15487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15490 \begin_layout Standard
15505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15508 \begin_layout Standard
15523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15526 \begin_layout Standard
15541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15544 \begin_layout Standard
15559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15562 \begin_layout Standard
15577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15580 \begin_layout Standard
15595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15598 \begin_layout Standard
15613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15616 \begin_layout Standard
15631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15634 \begin_layout Standard
15649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15652 \begin_layout Standard
15668 <row topline="true">
15669 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15672 \begin_layout Standard
15688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15691 \begin_layout Standard
15706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15709 \begin_layout Standard
15715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15718 \begin_layout Standard
15733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15736 \begin_layout Standard
15751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15754 \begin_layout Standard
15760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15763 \begin_layout Standard
15778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15781 \begin_layout Standard
15787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15790 \begin_layout Standard
15805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15808 \begin_layout Standard
15823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15826 \begin_layout Standard
15841 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15844 \begin_layout Standard
15860 <row topline="true">
15861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15864 \begin_layout Standard
15880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15883 \begin_layout Standard
15889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15892 \begin_layout Standard
15907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15910 \begin_layout Standard
15925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15928 \begin_layout Standard
15943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15946 \begin_layout Standard
15961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15964 \begin_layout Standard
15979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15982 \begin_layout Standard
15997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16000 \begin_layout Standard
16015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16018 \begin_layout Standard
16033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16036 \begin_layout Standard
16051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16054 \begin_layout Standard
16070 <row topline="true">
16071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16074 \begin_layout Standard
16090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16093 \begin_layout Standard
16108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16111 \begin_layout Standard
16126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16129 \begin_layout Standard
16144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16147 \begin_layout Standard
16153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16156 \begin_layout Standard
16171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16174 \begin_layout Standard
16189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16192 \begin_layout Standard
16207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16210 \begin_layout Standard
16225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16228 \begin_layout Standard
16234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16237 \begin_layout Standard
16252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16255 \begin_layout Standard
16271 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16275 \begin_layout Standard
16291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16294 \begin_layout Standard
16309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16312 \begin_layout Standard
16318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16321 \begin_layout Standard
16336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16339 \begin_layout Standard
16354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16357 \begin_layout Standard
16363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16366 \begin_layout Standard
16372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16375 \begin_layout Standard
16390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16393 \begin_layout Standard
16408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16411 \begin_layout Standard
16426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16429 \begin_layout Standard
16435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16438 \begin_layout Standard
16454 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16458 \begin_layout Standard
16473 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16476 \begin_layout Standard
16491 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16494 \begin_layout Standard
16500 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16503 \begin_layout Standard
16509 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16512 \begin_layout Standard
16518 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16521 \begin_layout Standard
16527 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16530 \begin_layout Standard
16536 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16539 \begin_layout Standard
16545 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16548 \begin_layout Standard
16554 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16557 \begin_layout Standard
16563 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16566 \begin_layout Standard
16572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16575 \begin_layout Standard
16598 \begin_layout Subsection
16599 What can be placed inside a table cell?
16602 \begin_layout Standard
16603 Many objects can be placed inside a table cell.
16604 Any single line of text, an equation (not a displayed or multilined equation,
16605 though), or a figure can be in a cell; in fact, all three kinds of objects
16606 can be placed in the same cell.
16607 Font sizes and shapes can be altered, and the table will adjust to display
16609 However, you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
16613 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
16614 for the cell's paragraph.
16617 \begin_layout Subsection
16618 Cut & Paste in Tables
16621 \begin_layout Standard
16622 Cutting and pasting between tables works reasonably well.
16623 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
16624 Selection with the mouse or with
16628 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
16629 The values in the second table below were cut and pasted from the first,
16630 using the mouse to select and paste.
16633 \begin_layout Standard
16635 \begin_inset Tabular
16636 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
16638 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16639 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16640 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
16641 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16645 \begin_layout Standard
16660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16663 \begin_layout Standard
16678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16681 \begin_layout Standard
16698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16701 \begin_layout Standard
16716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16719 \begin_layout Standard
16734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16737 \begin_layout Standard
16753 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16757 \begin_layout Standard
16772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16775 \begin_layout Standard
16790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16793 \begin_layout Standard
16816 \begin_layout Standard
16818 \begin_inset Tabular
16819 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
16821 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16822 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16823 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
16824 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16828 \begin_layout Standard
16843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16846 \begin_layout Standard
16861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16864 \begin_layout Standard
16881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16884 \begin_layout Standard
16899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16902 \begin_layout Standard
16917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16920 \begin_layout Standard
16936 <row topline="true">
16937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16940 \begin_layout Standard
16955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16958 \begin_layout Standard
16964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16967 \begin_layout Standard
16974 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16978 \begin_layout Standard
16984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16987 \begin_layout Standard
16993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16996 \begin_layout Standard
17010 \begin_layout Standard
17011 Note that you can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit
17012 by starting the selection from outside the table.
17015 \begin_layout Subsection
17016 Multiple lines in cells
17019 \begin_layout Standard
17020 It is possible to have multi-line entries in tables, but not in a completely
17022 Define a fixed length for the column in the
17027 After this, your text is automatically split into more lines and the cell
17028 enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given fixed
17033 \begin_layout Standard
17035 \begin_inset Tabular
17036 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
17038 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17039 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
17040 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17041 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17045 \begin_layout Standard
17060 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17063 \begin_layout Standard
17078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17081 \begin_layout Standard
17098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17101 \begin_layout Standard
17116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17119 \begin_layout Standard
17129 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17137 \begin_layout Standard
17153 <row bottomline="true">
17154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17157 \begin_layout Standard
17172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17175 \begin_layout Standard
17185 This is longer now.
17190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17193 \begin_layout Standard
17209 <row bottomline="true">
17210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17213 \begin_layout Standard
17228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17231 \begin_layout Standard
17241 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17242 This is longer now.
17247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17250 \begin_layout Standard
17273 \begin_layout Standard
17274 Text within a cell will not normally wrap to fit the page, so if a line
17275 of text in a table is too long, the table will extend beyond the right
17276 margin of the page.
17277 Similarly, tables will not split themselves at the bottom of a page, and
17278 so might extend below the bottom margin.
17279 You have these options to resolve this problem:
17282 \begin_layout Enumerate
17283 Split it into two tables.
17286 \begin_layout Enumerate
17296 This automatically splits the table over more pages, if it is too tall.
17297 After doing this, the list of
17301 buttons activate themselves and you may now define:
17305 \begin_layout Enumerate
17311 : The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options
17312 defined are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
17315 \begin_layout Enumerate
17320 : The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options
17321 defined are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
17322 except for the first page, if
17330 \begin_layout Enumerate
17335 : The current row and all rows below that don't have any special options
17336 defined are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
17337 except for the last page, if
17345 \begin_layout Enumerate
17351 : The current row and all rows below that don't have any special options
17352 defined are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
17355 \begin_layout Standard
17356 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
17357 of the fact that only the first flag is used in the given table rows.
17358 The others will then be defined as
17363 In this context, first means first in this order:
17365 Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~
17385 example file to see how this works.
17391 \begin_layout Standard
17392 The check box in the long table options can be used to specify specific
17393 rows to break the page on as well.
17397 \begin_layout Enumerate
17398 A table can also be placed in a float, as described below, which will allow
17399 TeX to place it as well as it can within the page.
17402 \begin_layout Subsection
17404 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:table float}
17411 \begin_layout Standard
17412 Outside of a float, the table will be positioned exactly where it is placed
17431 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17441 menu will enable LaTeX to place the table where it fits best, rather than
17442 exactly where you insert it.
17443 Float placement for table floats is similar to that for figure floats
17444 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
17448 , and is described in section
17449 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:float-locn}
17454 Captions also work the same way as with figure floats, as described in
17456 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
17462 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{table:a table float}
17466 is an example of a table float.
17467 \begin_inset Float table
17473 \begin_layout Caption
17474 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{table:a table float}
17481 \begin_layout Standard
17483 \begin_inset Tabular
17484 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
17486 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17487 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17488 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17489 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17493 \begin_layout Standard
17508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17511 \begin_layout Standard
17526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17529 \begin_layout Standard
17545 <row topline="true">
17546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17549 \begin_layout Standard
17564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17567 \begin_layout Standard
17582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17585 \begin_layout Standard
17601 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17605 \begin_layout Standard
17615 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
17623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17626 \begin_layout Standard
17636 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
17638 c & d\end{array}\right]$
17646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17649 \begin_layout Standard
17659 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
17680 \begin_layout Section
17681 Table of Contents and other Listings
17682 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:toc}
17689 \begin_layout Standard
17690 One of the really nice features of LaTeX is the ease with which it lets
17692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17699 such as a Table of Contents.
17700 All you need to do is to use certain environments and insert a reference
17701 at the place where you want the list to appear.
17704 \begin_layout Subsection
17705 The Table of Contents
17708 \begin_layout Standard
17709 In order to get a Table of Contents, you need to do four things:
17712 \begin_layout Enumerate
17713 Use a document class that includes support (all but
17720 \begin_layout Enumerate
17721 Set paragraph environments appropriately:
17731 (Sub...), Paragraph
17734 Note that styles with a
17746 appear in the Table of Contents.
17749 \begin_layout Enumerate
17750 Make sure you set the
17755 ection\InsetSpace ~
17756 number\InsetSpace ~
17775 Document\InsetSpace ~
17778 dialog to the appropriate value as described in
17779 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:section-depth}
17786 \begin_layout Enumerate
17787 Insert the ToC command at some place in the document.
17788 You'll find it under
17793 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17800 C\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17812 \begin_layout Standard
17813 You can also bring up a dialog for navigating through your document with
17819 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17831 \begin_layout Subsection
17832 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
17833 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ListsOf}
17840 \begin_layout Standard
17841 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
17842 You can insert them from the
17847 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17857 If you want figures, tables, or algorithms to appear in the list, you must
17858 place them inside a float of the relevant type and add a caption.
17861 \begin_layout Chapter
17862 Mathematical Formulae
17865 \begin_layout Section
17869 \begin_layout Standard
17870 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon with
17871 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$
17875 That will open a little blue square, with purple markers around it, on
17877 That blue square is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate what
17878 level of nesting within the formula you are at.
17879 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
17886 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
17891 menu; or you can use a keyboard macro,
17905 (CUA binding only).
17908 \begin_layout Standard
17909 If you simply need to type a single Greek letter, such as
17910 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
17913 , there is a special shortcut.
17921 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
17931 \begin_inset Formula $\beta$
17937 \begin_layout Standard
17938 Editing the parameters of a formula may be done from the
17943 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17948 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17960 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17968 The math panel is very useful, so you may want to open it and leave it
17969 somewhere on the screen.
17970 If you're not already in a formula, selecting anything from the math panel
17971 will insert a formula for you.
17974 \begin_layout Subsection
17975 Navigating a Formula
17978 \begin_layout Standard
17979 The best control over cursor position within an existing formula is achieved
17980 with the arrow keys.
17981 Mathed uses small squares to indicate places where something can be inserted.
17982 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
17987 will leave a fraction or other formula construct (a square root
17988 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
17992 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
17996 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
17998 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
18006 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
18011 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
18012 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
18015 \begin_layout Standard
18020 seems to do nothing in Mathed, since it does not in fact add a space between
18021 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
18022 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
18027 For example, if you want
18028 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
18075 , since in the latter case only the
18078 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
18083 will be under the square root sign,
18084 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
18088 For those who learned to space out expressions in this way, it takes a
18092 \begin_layout Standard
18093 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
18095 \begin_inset Formula \[
18096 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
18099 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right).\]
18103 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
18104 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
18107 \begin_layout Subsection
18111 \begin_layout Standard
18112 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
18113 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
18117 and a cursor movement key to select text.
18118 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
18119 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
18120 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula
18121 (not in a plain text region in LyX, though).
18124 \begin_layout Subsection
18125 Exponents and Subscripts
18128 \begin_layout Standard
18129 You can use the math panel to add superscripts or subscripts, but the much
18130 easier way is to use the standard TeX method.
18132 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
18148 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression, instead of
18149 in the superscript.
18155 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
18159 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
18180 Subscripts are similar, to get
18181 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
18196 Note that by default, the superscript or subscript is only for the single
18197 symbol to the left, which changes the spacing and alignment; you should
18199 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Grouping}
18203 if you need to alter this.
18206 \begin_layout Subsection
18210 \begin_layout Standard
18211 Create a fraction with either
18219 (in Mathed) or using the fraction icon in the
18239 You will be presented with an empty fraction, with two Mathed insertion
18240 squares top and bottom.
18241 The cursor moves immediately to the top of the fraction.
18242 To move to the bottom, simply press
18247 To move back up, press
18252 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
18253 \begin_inset Formula \[
18254 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
18256 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
18263 \begin_layout Subsection
18267 \begin_layout Standard
18269 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
18273 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
18276 ) signs are very often decorated with one or more sets of
18277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18285 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
18286 a superscript or subscript, directly after the symbol.
18287 Sum will automatically place its
18288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18295 over and under the symbol in display style, but will move them to the side
18296 when inlined, such as
18297 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
18301 \begin_inset Note Note
18304 \begin_layout Standard
18305 We haven't yet explained what display vs.
18312 \begin_inset Formula \[
18313 \sum_{n=1}^{\infty}\frac{x^{n}}{n}=\ln\left(\frac{1}{1-x}\right).\]
18317 Integral signs, however, will not by default move the limits to directly
18318 over and under the integral sign in display style, as in
18319 \begin_inset Formula $\int_{a}^{x}f(t)dt:=F(x)$
18323 \begin_inset Formula \[
18324 \int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{dx}{1+x^{2}}=\pi.\]
18328 Both symbols will be automatically re-sized when placed in display mode.
18329 In display mode, the placement of the limits (directly above and below,
18330 or offset to the right from the sign) can be changed by placing the cursor
18331 in front of the sign and hitting
18336 Exactly what change occurs depends on the sign.
18340 \begin_layout Standard
18341 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
18342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18349 feature as addition, such as
18350 \begin_inset Formula \[
18351 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
18355 which will place the
18356 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
18360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18367 in display mode, but not in inlined mode,
18368 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
18373 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
18376 was entered as a function - you get it in LyX by typing
18382 in math-mode, or choosing from the
18383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18390 menu in the math panel; see
18391 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-functions}
18398 \begin_layout Subsection
18400 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-panel}
18407 \begin_layout Standard
18417 dialog (accessible via
18422 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18429 ) has a more extensive list of symbols and structures.
18430 As stated earlier, you can keep the math panel open when writing mathematics.
18431 The use of the panel should be fairly obvious; we'll describe some of the
18432 details in later sections.
18435 \begin_layout Standard
18436 Note that right-clicking on a formula opens the panel as well.
18439 \begin_layout Subsection
18443 \begin_layout Standard
18444 Most math symbols can be found in the math panel under one of several categories
18450 \begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\rho\epsilon\epsilon\kappa$
18458 \begin_inset Formula $\pm\times$
18466 \begin_inset Formula $\leq\cong$
18474 \begin_inset Formula $\uparrow\Leftrightarrow$
18483 \begin_inset Formula $\sum\int$
18491 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
18493 If you know the standard LaTeX macro for a particular symbol you which
18494 to use, you do not have to use these dialogs, but they will help for those
18495 symbols whose LaTeX name you do not know.
18496 Note that the AMS symbols will not be displayed as symbols in LyX unless
18497 you install the right fonts as described in the relevant manual.
18500 \begin_layout Standard
18501 It is possible to get an nth root symbol.
18502 In the minibuffer, type
18507 This generates a root symbol with an extra box above the root sign.
18516 to move between the two boxes.
18517 You can also use the key binding
18524 \begin_layout Subsection
18528 \begin_layout Standard
18529 You may want to create blank spaces that differs from the standard spacing
18530 that LaTeX provides.
18531 We don't recommend this as a matter of course, since the whole idea of
18532 WYSIWYM is that you don't think about the typesetting, but the content.
18533 However, there are situations where you will want to add spaces.
18534 The first thing to do is to type
18539 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen within
18541 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
18545 The next trick is to change that space to different sizes.
18550 you move the cursor, after typing
18558 again, you will change the size of the space, through a number of variable
18560 The last ones in the list are red, and are a negative space.
18562 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
18566 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
18570 You can also insert these spaces via the math panel.
18573 \begin_layout Subsection
18575 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-functions}
18582 \begin_layout Standard
18583 The math panel contains a number of
18584 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18588 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18592 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
18596 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
18604 (you can type them in a formula by typing
18611 Standard mathematical practice is that functions which are names, like
18613 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
18616 , should not be italicized.
18617 Entering just the letters
18618 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
18621 within Mathed will give italics, of course, so these special macros are
18623 They do more to the final output than just change the typeface, however.
18624 For example, the expression
18625 \begin_inset Formula $\sin t$
18628 will typeset with a little extra space between the n and the t.
18629 For words which are more sophisticated mathematical objects, like
18630 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
18633 , the macro changes the way that subscripts are placed, depending on whether
18634 the math-inset is inlined or displayed:
18635 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L$
18639 \begin_inset Formula \[
18640 \lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L.\]
18644 These two expressions were typed the same way, but using the macro
18650 alters the appearance (actually, it is the inlined version that is altered,
18651 to improve linespacing).
18654 \begin_layout Subsection
18658 \begin_layout Standard
18659 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
18661 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
18662 You can also use TeX macro equivalents, as macros.
18663 That is, you can enter
18664 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
18667 to get the same effect if your keyboard does not have accents enabled.
18668 This is entered by typing
18669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18683 These are the equivalences between the text names and the macro names for
18684 the various accents:
18687 \begin_layout Standard
18689 \begin_inset Tabular
18690 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
18692 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
18693 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
18694 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
18695 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
18696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18699 \begin_layout Standard
18714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18717 \begin_layout Standard
18732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18735 \begin_layout Standard
18751 <row topline="true">
18752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18755 \begin_layout Standard
18770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18773 \begin_layout Standard
18788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18791 \begin_layout Standard
18801 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
18810 <row topline="true">
18811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18814 \begin_layout Standard
18829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18832 \begin_layout Standard
18847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18850 \begin_layout Standard
18860 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
18869 <row topline="true">
18870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18873 \begin_layout Standard
18888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18891 \begin_layout Standard
18906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18909 \begin_layout Standard
18919 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
18928 <row topline="true">
18929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18932 \begin_layout Standard
18947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18950 \begin_layout Standard
18965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18968 \begin_layout Standard
18978 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
18987 <row topline="true">
18988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18991 \begin_layout Standard
19006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19009 \begin_layout Standard
19024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19027 \begin_layout Standard
19037 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
19046 <row topline="true">
19047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19050 \begin_layout Standard
19065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19068 \begin_layout Standard
19083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19086 \begin_layout Standard
19096 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
19105 <row topline="true">
19106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19109 \begin_layout Standard
19124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19127 \begin_layout Standard
19142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19145 \begin_layout Standard
19155 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
19164 <row topline="true">
19165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19168 \begin_layout Standard
19183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19186 \begin_layout Standard
19201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19204 \begin_layout Standard
19214 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
19223 <row topline="true">
19224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19227 \begin_layout Standard
19242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19245 \begin_layout Standard
19260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19263 \begin_layout Standard
19273 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
19282 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19286 \begin_layout Standard
19301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19304 \begin_layout Standard
19319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19322 \begin_layout Standard
19332 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
19348 \begin_layout Standard
19349 Finally, you can choose one of these accents by selecting an item from the
19354 symbol set in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have
19355 made within a formula too.
19358 \begin_layout Subsection
19359 The math editor for LaTeX users
19362 \begin_layout Standard
19363 Editing mathematical expressions in LyX can be done in one of two ways.
19364 You can use the native LyX support for rendering the formulae in a WYSIWYM
19366 LaTeX users might like to be able to use the keyboard to enter things like
19373 (this gets, in ordinary TeX, an
19374 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19377 in the final document), believing that it is faster than chasing around
19378 menus for a symbol.
19379 Here's a testimonial of one of those old LaTeX users,
19384 \begin_layout Quotation
19385 I was finally convinced that the math editor was the way to go when I found
19386 that, with a few modifications, I could use it the same way I was accustomed
19388 As an example, I created this
19389 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19392 by typing the following keys: First type
19422 As soon as I typed that
19427 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19430 was right there on the screen.
19434 \begin_layout Standard
19440 sequence inserts a formula (you may also use
19455 is of course the standard TeX command for a Greek alpha letter, and the
19460 leaves the formula.
19461 Some of the advantages of this approach are:
19464 \begin_layout Itemize
19465 You have immediate visual feedback to be sure your TeX was correct
19468 \begin_layout Itemize
19469 You have the real mathematical expression on the screen, correctly displayed,
19470 to make sure your mathematics is correct (correctly written, at least)
19473 \begin_layout Itemize
19474 All the new LaTeX fuss with special environments and such are taken care
19478 \begin_layout Itemize
19479 You won't have to chase through the code trying to find that missing
19490 \begin_layout Itemize
19491 If you don't remember the LaTeX name of a particular symbol, like
19492 \begin_inset Formula $\wp$
19495 , you can find it in the dialogs
19498 \begin_layout Section
19499 Brackets and decorations
19502 \begin_layout Standard
19503 There are several brackets available through LyX.
19504 For most purposes, using just the keys
19510 should suffice, but the effect, especially if you want to surround a large
19511 structure, such as a matrix or a fraction, or if you have several layers
19512 of brackets, is better using the math panel's
19518 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-panel}
19523 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
19525 \begin_inset Formula \[
19526 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
19528 3 & 4\end{array}\right],\]
19532 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses of an abomination
19534 \begin_inset Formula \[
19535 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
19540 \begin_inset Formula \[
19541 f\left(g\left(h\left(k\left(l\left(x\right)\right)\right)\right)\right).\]
19545 The parentheses, and other brackets, from that menu will automatically re-size
19546 to accommodate the size of what is inside (This is done in straight LaTeX
19559 \begin_layout Standard
19560 It is very easy to construct the braces you want to use.
19561 Click on the brace you want on the left side with the left mouse button,
19562 the right side with the right button, and place them in the document by
19563 clicking on the button.
19564 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
19565 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will print.
19568 \begin_layout Standard
19569 If you decide after the fact to place parentheses (or other math structure,
19570 like a square root, or other decoration) around some math structure, you
19571 can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go inside
19572 the parentheses (that is done by holding the
19576 key down and moving the cursor with the arrow keys, or selecting with the
19578 Then, choose the appropriate brackets for left and right, and click on
19584 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
19587 \begin_layout Standard
19588 If you're trying to enter a LaTeX
19592 for grouping, you should read
19593 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Grouping}
19600 \begin_layout Section
19602 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Grouping}
19609 \begin_layout Standard
19610 You may need to group a set of symbols.
19611 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
19622 \begin_layout Standard
19623 \begin_inset Formula \[
19624 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{{y^{z}}}\]
19631 \begin_layout Standard
19632 However, trying to type the
19636 in LyX gives an actual closing brace in the output.
19637 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
19644 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
19645 The example directly above shows how this works.
19648 \begin_layout Section
19649 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
19652 \begin_layout Standard
19653 Arrays, such as matrices, are easily entered in LyX.
19659 there is a matrix button, which will open a dialog for you to choose the
19660 number of rows/columns.
19661 Here is an example:
19662 \begin_inset Formula \[
19663 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
19666 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right).\]
19670 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as usual.
19671 Remember that you can add this after the fact, by highlighting the matrix
19672 inside Mathed (Position the mouse on one side of the matrix, hold the
19676 key down, and hit the appropriate arrow key to move the cursor across the
19678 You can, when you construct the matrix, decide whether the columns (or
19679 some of them) will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
19680 The specification is
19685 Each letter corresponds to the relevant column.
19690 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
19691 centered, and the third column will be right-justified..
19692 It will look like this:
19693 \begin_inset Formula \[
19695 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
19696 column & has & has\, right\\
19697 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
19704 \begin_layout Standard
19705 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
19709 while in the matrix, and you can add columns, or delete either, via the
19715 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19725 \begin_layout Standard
19726 There are numerous other arrays used in LaTeX math-mode, particularly with
19727 the AMS-LaTeX packages included, such as
19733 and commutative diagrams.
19734 Not all of these are supported in LyX.
19735 However, it is possible to build these structures from a matrix.
19738 \begin_layout Standard
19739 Multi-line equations are very easy to construct in LyX.
19740 A formula will automatically switch to an
19746 format (LaTeX's multi-line displayed equation format) if you hit
19754 The best way to do this, if you decide you want a multi-line displayed
19755 equation, is to insert a new line (with
19762 Each line then has three regions, left, center, and right, which you can
19763 move through using either the arrow keys, the mouse, or the
19770 Here is an example:
19771 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
19773 4+5 & = & 9.\end{eqnarray*}
19777 You can also turn an existing displayed formula into a multi-line formula
19784 while the cursor is anywhere on the original formula.
19789 try to decide where to break the formula up into three parts, but places
19790 everything in the left side of the line.
19791 To change the alignment points of the equation, place the cursor where
19792 you want to start the middle part of the line, and hit
19797 It then puts everything to the right of the cursor in the middle region
19798 of the equation (which, by the way, is not typeset by LaTeX in display-math
19799 size, so you should not put large expressions like fractions there).
19800 Move to where you want the right side of the line to begin, and hit
19806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19813 insertion points in the line will disappear.
19816 \begin_layout Section
19817 Equation Numbering and Labels
19818 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-label}
19825 \begin_layout Standard
19826 Equation numbering is very easy in LyX.
19827 All it takes to change a displayed equation like:
19828 \begin_inset Formula \[
19833 into the numbered equation :
19834 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
19835 1+2=3\label{mathed:first-eqn}\end{equation}
19846 menu, and select the
19855 This opens a dialog in which you must enter some string as the label.
19856 There is no need to call it by a specific number, since LaTeX will take
19857 care of re-numbering the equation.
19858 Labels will not appear as such on the final output.
19859 LaTeX will insert appropriate numbers for the equations.
19860 The labels are used internally for cross-referencing.
19861 You can turn on numbering without a specific label with the menu option
19867 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19872 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19873 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
19880 while the cursor is in the equation, such as:
19883 \begin_layout Standard
19884 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
19885 1+1=2.\end{equation}
19889 You can toggle it on or off with this menu item.
19890 You can reference a labelled (not just numbered) equation, (cf.
19892 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:first-eqn}
19900 dialog, which you open using
19905 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19916 \begin_layout Standard
19917 For numbered (or labelled) multi-line formulas, the default is that all
19918 lines are numbered separately.
19919 Once you attach a label to make the equation numbered, all subsequent lines
19920 receive a label of #.
19921 That label can be changed to another so that you can refer to that line,
19923 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:third-eqn}
19928 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
19929 1 & = & 3-2\label{mathed:second-equation}\\
19930 2 & = & 4-2\label{mathed:third-eqn}\\
19931 4 & \leq & 7.\end{eqnarray}
19935 You can turn off numbering of a specific line with
19940 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19945 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19946 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
19951 umbering\InsetSpace ~
19955 while the cursor is on that line of a multi-line numbered equation.
19958 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
19959 1 & = & 4-3\label{mathed:fourth-eqn}\\
19961 1 & = & e^{2\pi i}\nonumber \\
19962 16 & \equiv & 2\,(mod\,7)\label{mathed:fifth-eqn}\end{eqnarray}
19966 Note that the first equation in this set (
19967 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:fourth-eqn}
19971 ) is labelled, the next is numbered but unlabelled, the third is unnumbered,
19973 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:fifth-eqn}
19977 ) is again labelled.
19981 \begin_layout Section
19982 User defined macros in math mode
19985 \begin_layout Standard
19986 LyX allows the user to define macros for use in math mode.
19987 A macro definition box appears on screen as purple box with the name of
19988 the macro in blue (math color).
19989 It contains two cells initially marked empty by blue rectangles that can
19990 be edited as if it were ordinary math.
19992 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
19993 \newcommand{\macro}{a+b}
19996 The contents of the first cell will be used when the macro definition is
19997 written during export as LaTeX.
19998 The contents of the second cell, however, will be used for drawing the
19999 macro's expansion on screen.
20000 In the common case where both export and drawing use the same representation,
20001 the second cell can be left empty and LyX will use the contents of the
20002 first cell will be used for export and drawing automatically.
20005 \begin_layout Standard
20006 Now, to use this macro in other math boxes just type the name in TeX mode,
20013 , and it will be automatically expanded:
20014 \begin_inset Formula $c=\macro$
20018 As you can verify, the cursor can't go inside the macro, the whole macro
20019 is like a single character, and the TeX generated code of this expression
20027 \begin_layout Standard
20028 However the cursor could go inside of some kind of macros, those that have
20034 In a macro definition box an argument looks like a
20038 followed by the argument number:
20039 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
20040 \newcommand{\macrowarg}[1]{2+\sqrt{#1}}
20046 \begin_layout Standard
20047 Once expanded, this macro includes the usual empty rectangle to indicate
20048 that you can insert there whatever you want:
20053 \begin_inset Formula $\macrowarg{}$
20060 \begin_inset Formula $b=\macrowarg{x-2}$
20067 \begin_layout Standard
20068 When exported to LaTeX, a macro definition will produce the command
20081 \begin_layout Subsection
20082 How to create macros
20085 \begin_layout Standard
20086 To create a macro definition box use this syntax in the minibuffer:
20090 \begin_layout Standard
20091 Macro names mustn't contain numbers!
20099 \begin_layout Standard
20102 math-macro <macro name> [number of arguments]
20105 \begin_layout Standard
20113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20121 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20136 math-macro macrowarg 1
20139 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20145 \begin_layout Standard
20146 To insert an argument mark (only inside a macro definition box) simply type
20154 math-macro-arg <number>
20157 \begin_layout Standard
20158 The argument mark in
20164 was introduced with
20165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20179 \begin_layout Standard
20180 You can use no more than 9 arguments, numbered from 1 to 9.
20181 An argument can be repeated inside the macro definition box, but of course
20182 can be edited only once.
20185 \begin_layout Subsection
20186 How to navigate in macros
20189 \begin_layout Description
20193 keys: Opening a macro from the left side will put the cursor
20194 in the first argument, to move to the second argument use the TAB key.
20195 Remember that pressing the Space bar will get the cursor out and at the
20196 right side of the macro.
20199 \begin_layout Description
20202 mouse: As usual, click on the desired argument box.
20203 Sometimes this fails if the box is empty or too small.
20206 \begin_layout Standard
20207 Currently it is only possible to define command macros, but not environment
20211 \begin_layout Section
20215 \begin_layout Subsection
20219 \begin_layout Standard
20220 You can use various typefaces in a formula.
20221 The standard font for text is italic,
20222 \begin_inset Formula $text$
20225 , but for numbers the standard is Roman.
20226 To set a font in a formula, choose it from the math panel, or by entering
20227 the LaTeX command for it directly, as follows:
20230 \begin_layout Standard
20232 \begin_inset Tabular
20233 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
20235 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
20236 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
20237 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20241 \begin_layout Standard
20247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20250 \begin_layout Standard
20257 <row topline="true">
20258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20261 \begin_layout Standard
20268 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
20276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20279 \begin_layout Standard
20290 <row topline="true">
20291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20294 \begin_layout Standard
20295 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
20303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20306 \begin_layout Standard
20317 <row topline="true">
20318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20321 \begin_layout Standard
20322 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
20330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20333 \begin_layout Standard
20344 <row topline="true">
20345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20348 \begin_layout Standard
20355 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
20363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20366 \begin_layout Standard
20377 <row topline="true">
20378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20381 \begin_layout Standard
20382 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}$
20390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20393 \begin_layout Standard
20404 <row topline="true">
20405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20408 \begin_layout Standard
20409 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
20417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20420 \begin_layout Standard
20431 <row topline="true">
20432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20435 \begin_layout Standard
20443 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
20451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20454 \begin_layout Standard
20465 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20469 \begin_layout Standard
20470 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
20478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20481 \begin_layout Standard
20499 \begin_layout Standard
20500 LaTeX's math mode does not support all characters in all fonts, and only
20501 letters will be supported with these font styles; some only support capital
20505 \begin_layout Standard
20506 For any of these fonts, you have to be careful how you enter the text.
20507 If there is text to the right of the entry point, the font reverts to that
20508 style after one character.
20509 To be able to type a string in a particular font, make sure there is a
20510 protected-space to the right of the cursor.
20511 Also, entering a protected-space will revert subsequent text to standard
20513 The font styles are nestable, as LaTeX does.
20514 This can be a little confusing, as selecting a different font on a selection
20519 change the selection, but insert a new nested level with the new typeface.
20522 \begin_layout Standard
20523 It is possible (in AMS-LaTeX) to embolden (not italicize) numbers and special
20525 However, LyX does not yet support this in WYSIWYM manner\SpecialChar \@.
20528 To get emboldened symbols, for example a bold
20529 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20541 The closing brace appears (in red) automatically when you type the opening
20543 This works for all symbols, as well as numbers.
20546 \begin_layout Standard
20547 A number of other options are available as well, via
20552 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20557 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
20564 \begin_layout Subsection
20568 \begin_layout Standard
20569 Typefaces are useful for entering variable names in some given font, but
20570 certainly not for anything else, and in particular not text.
20571 For typing longer pieces of text, use math text mode, which is obtained
20576 while already in math mode.
20577 (The same command will get out of math text mode, too.) Math text mode appears
20578 on the screen in black instead of blue.
20579 You cannot enter punctuation or font changes in your text
20583 \begin_layout Standard
20584 Moreover, math text mode outputs its contents inside a
20602 ) might have been a better choice
20607 , but it works for simple text.
20609 \begin_inset Formula \[
20610 f(x)=\begin{array}{cc}
20611 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
20612 -x & \textrm{otherwise}\end{array}\]
20619 \begin_layout Subsection
20623 \begin_layout Standard
20624 There are four (relative) font sizes (or
20625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20632 ) used in math-mode, which are automatically chosen in most situations.
20650 For most characters,
20658 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
20659 and certain other effects, are set larger or placed differently in
20664 Except for some operators, which re-size themselves to accommodate various
20665 situations, all text will be set in these various sizes as LaTeX thinks
20667 These choices can be over-ridden by using the
20671 function in the minibuffer.
20672 For example, you can set
20673 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
20680 ), or you can make it larger, which also changes the line-spacing, by entering
20683 math-size displaystyle
20685 in the minibuffer while the cursor is in the main line of the math-inset,
20687 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
20691 Careful, though, if the cursor is on the denominator of that fraction,
20692 only the numerator will be enlarged, e.g.
20694 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
20697 ! This reflects a LaTeX
20698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20709 \begin_layout Standard
20716 These font-size changes are not as apparent in LyX as they are in the output.
20717 Here are some text in the various styles:
20718 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
20722 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
20726 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
20730 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
20736 \begin_layout Standard
20737 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that is, if the whole math
20738 inset and surrounding text are set in a particular size, all these sizes
20740 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
20741 will be adjusted to correspond.
20745 \begin_layout Standard
20749 Here is a paragraph in
20750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20757 font, with symbols:
20758 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20764 \begin_layout Standard
20765 This applies to math fonts in titles, etc.
20769 \begin_layout Section
20773 \begin_layout Standard
20774 The American Mathematical Society (AMS) provide a LaTeX packages that are
20776 LyX includes some support for these packages.
20779 \begin_layout Subsection
20780 Enabling AMS-Support
20783 \begin_layout Standard
20789 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20796 dialog there is a checkbox,
20803 If selected, this will include the AMS-package in the document, and make
20804 the facilities available.
20807 \begin_layout Subsection
20811 \begin_layout Standard
20812 The AMS-LaTeX packages add support for some mathematical symbols that are
20813 not accessible from plain LaTeX (or LyX), but are fairly common in mathematical
20814 typesetting, such as the old-German Fraktur font and the stylized
20815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20822 fonts commonly used to denote the real or complex numbers, or the integers.
20823 Once activated, all AMS-LaTeX symbols and environments are available.
20824 You will run into trouble if you include these packages from the preamble,
20825 since LyX now defines a few of the macros used in these packages on its
20827 The AMS-layouts include these packages automatically.
20830 \begin_layout Subsection
20834 \begin_layout Standard
20835 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
20836 LyX allows you to choose between
20857 Refer to the AMS-documenta\SpecialChar \-
20858 tion for the differences between these formula
20862 \begin_layout Chapter
20866 \begin_layout Section
20868 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:crossref}
20875 \begin_layout Standard
20876 Those of you reading this manual online will see a grey box with text in
20877 it, right before the beginning of this sentence.
20883 Properly speaking, it is one half of a cross-reference.
20884 The other half is the
20888 proper, and it looks like this:
20889 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:crossref}
20894 Again, those of you reading the manual online will see a gray box with
20896 Those reading printed versions, however, will see a number --- in this
20897 case, the number of this section.
20898 There are also other varieties of cross-reference: for example,
20899 \begin_inset LatexCommand \pageref{sec:crossref}
20904 This is the page number containing the location of the label.
20905 That's what cross-references do: they let you reference other parts of
20907 You don't need to remember which section number was what anymore --- LyX
20908 will do that for you! All you need to do is use a
20912 to mark a section, figure, table, formula, etc., and then refer to it via
20920 \begin_layout Standard
20921 To insert a label, use
20928 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
20934 A box will appear where you can enter your label.
20935 You can change the name of the label at a later time by simply clicking
20936 on the gray box and reopening the label dialog.
20939 \begin_layout Standard
20940 To insert a reference, select
20947 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
20956 Insert\InsetSpace ~
20959 dialog appears with a list of labels.
20960 Selecting a list item, then clicking
20964 inserts a reference into the text; changing the
20971 allows you to insert a page number or other reference variant instead.
20974 \begin_layout Standard
20975 Note that if you cut & paste text from another document that contains a
20984 , or if you delete a label in your text, LaTeX will complain:
20987 \begin_layout Quote
20994 Reference `X' on page Y undefined on input line Z
21000 There were undefined references
21003 \begin_layout Standard
21004 You'll also see two question marks in the output instead of the reference.
21007 \begin_layout Standard
21008 There are a few more comments we need to make about the
21013 They always print the number of the section heading closest to them.
21014 So --- if you want to put a label on a
21022 heading immediately follows it, you need to put the
21035 It doesn't matter where, and it will look weird on the LyX screen.
21036 However, you need to do this if you want to label the
21040 separately from the
21045 The same goes for all other section headings.
21048 \begin_layout Standard
21061 section headings and table and figure floats.
21062 Bare figures and tables aren't numbered, so, like unnumbered section headings,
21063 you can't really use a
21071 \begin_layout Standard
21076 , but only if you use the
21086 --- the one that refers to a section/table/figure number --- won't work,
21087 because there's no numbered thingy to refer to! You could also use bare
21092 s as page markers, then refer back to them using the
21098 Once again, the regular
21102 won't work very well.
21103 It will refer to something, but that something will typically be the number
21104 of the previous numbered section heading.
21110 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
21115 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:table float}
21120 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-label}
21124 for details on using a
21128 with figures, tables, and equations, respectively.
21132 \begin_layout Section
21133 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
21136 \begin_layout Standard
21137 It is often desirable to include long
21138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21145 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.; these
21146 things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult to typeset
21148 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
21149 resulting in an overfull or underfull line depending on the circumstances.
21152 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21159 within LyX to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully (if necessary)
21160 along automatically determined boundaries.
21163 \begin_layout Standard
21164 At the point in the document where you want to enter the URL (or other address-l
21165 ike entity) simply select
21167 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21174 ; a dialog will appear where you can enter the full URL (in the
21182 In its simplest usage, that's all you need to do.
21183 Click on the following gray box to see how LyX's homepage would be entered:
21185 \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org}
21193 \begin_layout Standard
21198 : When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
21199 them with a backslash before, e.g.
21201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21211 URLs mustn't end with a backslash!
21219 \begin_layout Standard
21220 If you would like to associate some definite phrase with the URL, enter
21228 field of the dialog; it will be typeset as plain text immediately before
21230 For example, I might say that you can find all things related to LaTeX
21234 \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[CTAN]{http://ctan.tug.org}
21239 On the printed page, the last sentence ends as
21240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21243 all things related to LaTeX at CTAN
21245 http://ctan.tug.org
21248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21254 \begin_layout Standard
21257 Author's Note: somebody needs to document the
21271 \begin_layout Section
21272 Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments
21273 \begin_inset OptArg
21276 \begin_layout Standard
21285 \begin_layout Standard
21286 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
21287 This can cause over-runs when there is limited horizontal space.
21288 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
21289 title, a long title will over-run past the edges, and look awful.
21292 \begin_layout Standard
21293 LaTeX allows you to specify an optional argument to the section commands
21294 that specifies a shorter version of the title
21298 \begin_layout Standard
21299 For those who don't know LaTeX, commands look like this:
21303 command[optionalargument]{the content}
21309 This shorter version is used in the header and in the actual Table of Contents,
21310 avoiding the problem mentioned.
21311 LyX allows you to specify this optional argument by selecting
21316 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21321 This will insert a box (labelled
21322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21337 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
21338 This also works for captions inside floats.
21341 \begin_layout Standard
21342 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
21345 \begin_layout Section
21349 \begin_layout Standard
21350 Sometimes you wish to be able to output to paper multiple versions of the
21352 The most extreme version of this is, when you want to prepare a single
21353 document in two or more different languages, but as a single document file,
21354 with corresponding pieces of text adjacent in the file and on-screen.
21355 This can be achieved with
21362 \begin_layout Standard
21367 the branches available within a particular document.
21368 This is done in the
21370 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21371 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21375 You can also associate a background colour with each branch, e.g., red for
21376 the English language, blue for the German language branch.
21377 Then, you create a branch inset from the
21379 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21383 The inset will contain the text that you want to be output when this branch
21387 \begin_layout Standard
21396 of a branch is done from the document settings menu.
21397 All insets belonging to deactivated branches will be automatically closed,
21398 those belonging to activated branches automatically opened.
21401 \begin_layout Standard
21402 Other possible applications of the Branches paradigm include a
21403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21410 of a textbook containing the answers to questions, etc.
21411 \begin_inset Note Note
21414 \begin_layout Standard
21415 Once this doc is updated to 1.4, include branch examples here!
21423 \begin_layout Section
21424 Previewing snippets of your document
21427 \begin_layout Standard
21428 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
21429 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
21430 to break your train of thought with
21435 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21443 If you'd like to see your math formulae typeset by LaTeX then install the
21444 necessary software (see below) and select the
21458 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21466 (It can be found in the
21470 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21473 pane in the Qt frontend and the
21477 Feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21480 tab in the XForms frontend.) Previews are generated when you load a document
21481 into LyX and when you finish editing an inset.
21482 Previews of an already loaded document are
21486 generated just by selecting the
21497 \begin_layout Standard
21498 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
21499 It will also generate previews of include insets if you select the
21507 check box in the inset's dialog.
21508 This latter is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure,
21510 Coming in version 1.4 are previews of the external inset also.
21513 \begin_layout Standard
21514 To get previews working, you'll need some additional software.
21515 First, you'll need the preview.sty LaTeX package.
21516 Find it on your local CTAN mirror at
21520 CTAN/support/preview-latex/
21523 Thereafter, you'll need the usual tools:
21535 .Finally, you'll obtain prettier results if you install
21546 \begin_layout Section
21547 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
21550 \begin_layout Subsection
21551 Extra Horizontal Space
21552 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:hspace}
21559 \begin_layout Standard
21564 s are a special LyX feature for adding extra space in a uniform fashion.
21569 is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals the remaining
21570 space between the left and right margins.
21571 If there is more than one
21575 on a line, they divide the available space equally between themselves.
21579 \begin_layout Standard
21584 is at the beginning of a line, and it's
21588 the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
21593 s from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
21596 \begin_layout Standard
21603 can be inserted with
21609 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21610 Special\InsetSpace ~
21615 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21620 orizontal\InsetSpace ~
21624 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
21627 \begin_layout Quote
21629 This is on the left side
21631 This is on the right
21634 \begin_layout Quote
21643 \begin_layout Quote
21654 \begin_layout Standard
21655 That was an example in the
21662 :is one in a standard paragraph.
21663 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
21667 sitting in-between the two
21668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21678 \begin_layout Standard
21679 Remember that we said that an
21683 always fills the remaining space between the margins? There may be more
21684 than one set of margins on a line.
21685 Here's an example with the
21692 \begin_layout Labeling
21693 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
21705 \begin_layout Standard
21707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21714 marks the beginning of the item.
21715 (There is actually a
21716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21727 inside of the label of the
21731 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.)
21735 s work similarly in other
21736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21743 situations, like two-column mode.
21746 \begin_layout Subsection
21747 Extra Vertical Space
21748 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:vertspace}
21755 \begin_layout Standard
21756 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use
21761 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21766 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
21771 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
21777 \begin_layout Standard
21778 We will not provide an example of a
21782 , as it would waste paper.
21783 They work the same as any other type of filler, including
21787 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
21788 If there are several
21792 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
21793 You can therefore use
21797 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page, or 1/4,
21801 \begin_layout Standard
21802 Note that for paragraphs at the top/bottom of a page, the extra space is
21803 only added if you have also checked the option
21808 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21813 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
21814 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21819 pacing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21830 \begin_layout Subsection
21831 Changing Paragraph Alignment
21834 \begin_layout Standard
21835 You can also change the paragraph alignment with the
21840 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21845 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
21849 There are four possibilities:
21852 \begin_layout Itemize
21861 \begin_layout Itemize
21870 \begin_layout Itemize
21879 \begin_layout Itemize
21888 \begin_layout Standard
21889 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
21890 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
21891 the left and right margins.
21892 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
21895 \begin_layout Standard
21897 This paragraph is right aligned,
21900 \begin_layout Standard
21902 this one is centered,
21905 \begin_layout Standard
21907 this one is left aligned.
21910 \begin_layout Standard
21911 In some paragraph environments, the default is something other than justified
21916 \begin_layout Subsection
21917 Forcing Page Breaks
21918 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:pagebreak}
21925 \begin_layout Standard
21926 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
21927 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
21928 In general, this will
21932 be necessary because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking, as was already mentioned
21934 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:widows}
21941 \begin_layout Standard
21942 So in general there is no need to use the option described below, and we
21943 recommend not using it until the text is
21947 finished, and until you have checked in the preview to see if you
21951 have to change the pagebreaking.You can force a pagebreak above or below
21957 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21962 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
21965 dialog by selecting the checkboxes to add a pagebreak above or below the
21969 \begin_layout Standard
21970 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
21971 at the top of a page.
21972 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
21973 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
21974 appear at the top of a page [or the bottom, or on their own page] without
21975 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
21977 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures}
21982 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables}
21993 \begin_layout Subsection
21997 \begin_layout Standard
21998 A blank is a blank? Not in good typography.
21999 While you might be used to press the space key anytime you want to separate
22000 two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers you more spaces: Spaces
22001 of different width and spaces which can or cannot be broken at the end
22003 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
22007 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22009 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:normblank-lbreak-horline}
22016 \begin_layout Standard
22017 Some languages (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22018 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
22019 English) have the typographical convention to add extra
22020 space after an end-of-sentence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventio
22021 ns (see section\InsetSpace ~
22023 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:abbrev}
22028 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
22029 In this case, insert one with
22034 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22035 Special\InsetSpace ~
22040 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22053 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22057 \begin_layout Standard
22058 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:protblank-lbreak-horline}
22062 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
22063 line at that point.
22064 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
22067 \begin_layout Quote
22068 A good documentation should weight no more than 1
22074 \begin_layout Standard
22075 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
22076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22092 A protected space is set with
22097 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22098 Special\InsetSpace ~
22103 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22116 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22118 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:thinblank-lbreak-horline}
22125 \begin_layout Standard
22127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22134 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
22135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22139 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22143 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
22144 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
22145 inside abbreviations:
22148 \begin_layout Quote
22149 D.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22151 Knuth has developped our beloved typesetting program, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22152 e.\InsetSpace \space{}
22156 \begin_layout Standard
22157 You can insert a thin space with
22162 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22163 Special\InsetSpace ~
22168 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22181 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22185 \begin_layout Standard
22186 Apart from the ones described, there are still some more spaces.
22187 Although LyX supports them natively, they can only be reached via the
22192 To get them, just type
22194 space-insert <command>
22196 into the minibuffer, where
22200 is one of the following:
22203 \begin_layout Standard
22205 \begin_inset Tabular
22206 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="3">
22208 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
22209 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
22210 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
22211 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
22212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22215 \begin_layout Standard
22223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22226 \begin_layout Standard
22234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22237 \begin_layout Standard
22246 <row topline="true">
22247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22250 \begin_layout Standard
22258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22261 \begin_layout Standard
22268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22271 \begin_layout Standard
22278 <row topline="true">
22279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22282 \begin_layout Standard
22290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22293 \begin_layout Standard
22300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22303 \begin_layout Standard
22310 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
22311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22314 \begin_layout Standard
22322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22325 \begin_layout Standard
22332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22335 \begin_layout Standard
22342 <row bottomline="true">
22343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22346 \begin_layout Standard
22354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22357 \begin_layout Standard
22364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22367 \begin_layout Standard
22374 <row bottomline="true">
22375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22378 \begin_layout Standard
22386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22389 \begin_layout Standard
22396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22399 \begin_layout Standard
22406 <row bottomline="true">
22407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22410 \begin_layout Standard
22418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22421 \begin_layout Standard
22428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22431 \begin_layout Standard
22438 <row bottomline="true">
22439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22442 \begin_layout Standard
22450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22453 \begin_layout Standard
22460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22463 \begin_layout Standard
22470 <row bottomline="true">
22471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22474 \begin_layout Standard
22482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22485 \begin_layout Standard
22492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22495 \begin_layout Standard
22509 \begin_layout Subsection
22513 \begin_layout Standard
22514 You can force line breaks within a paragraph by selecting
22519 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22520 Special\InsetSpace ~
22525 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22537 You should, however, not use this to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as LaTeX
22542 good at linebreaking\SpecialChar \ldots{}
22544 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:pagebreak}
22549 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
22550 set a linebreak, e.g.
22551 in a poem or for an Address (see sections
22552 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:quote}
22557 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:verse}
22562 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:adress_usage}
22569 \begin_layout Section
22571 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:spellchecking}
22578 \begin_layout Standard
22579 LyX itself has no built-in spellchecker.
22580 Rather it uses the external
22584 program as a backend or the newer and generally better
22589 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
22594 \begin_layout Standard
22595 The spellchecker can be started with the menu entry
22602 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
22611 Checking will start just after the current cursor position.
22612 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
22613 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
22614 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the view
22615 in your text buffer is updated to make the word visible.
22620 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
22622 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy the near miss into the replace
22623 input field (double-click to invoke replace).
22626 \begin_layout Subsection
22627 Spellchecker Options
22628 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:spell_opt}
22635 \begin_layout Standard
22636 The following options can be set in the
22641 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22651 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22655 \begin_layout Standard
22656 By default, the dictionary file to use is determined by the language of
22657 the text you're checking, which is set in the
22665 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22673 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, the spellchecker
22675 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
22676 specifying a different
22677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22680 alternative language
22681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22687 \begin_layout Standard
22692 , you may need to make a link from say
22700 or whatever applies for your language.
22701 This is because these
22705 files normally have the native language name (
22706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22717 , when started from LyX, searches for the English version of the name used
22718 with the LaTeX babel package (
22719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22729 \begin_layout Standard
22730 You may also have problems the font encoding is not correct for that dictionary.
22731 If you use a language with
22735 encoding and set the
22747 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22762 ), you must have this option in your language dictionary as well.
22763 If your dictionary doesn't support the
22767 you chose, you'll have an error like this on stderr:
22770 \begin_layout Standard
22773 ispell: unrecognized formatter type 'latin1'
22776 \begin_layout Standard
22777 The spellchecker gives you an error that it couldn't start the
22781 process and that you probably have some problems with your dictionary file.
22785 \begin_layout Standard
22786 There are four solutions to this problem.
22787 The easiest is to try the
22794 If that does not help, you can set
22805 when calling the spellchecker (which is probably annoying).
22806 The third is to add the
22810 option to your dictionary
22821 file and recompile the dictionary (which probably isn't easy if you installed
22822 the whole stuff with some distribution and don't have the language directory
22832 documentation for this task! The fourth is to send a message to your package-ma
22833 intainer, or better yet to the maintainer of the dictionary file in question
22834 and ask him to solve your problem.
22837 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22838 Personal dictionary
22841 \begin_layout Standard
22842 If you want to use a different file from the spellchecker's default choice
22843 as your personal dictionary, you can set this in the dialog.
22844 Specifying a filename which does not already exist will result in an error
22845 message on stderr which you can ignore (
22849 will create the file when you finish checking your spelling).
22852 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22856 \begin_layout Standard
22862 pellchecker\InsetSpace ~
22865 dialog has some additional options which are self-explanatory:
22868 \begin_layout Itemize
22874 ccept compound words
22878 Prevent the spellchecker from complaining about compounded words like
22881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22885 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22891 \begin_layout Itemize
22901 Allows you to add nonstandard characters to what the spellchecker considers
22904 This should not normally be needed.
22907 \begin_layout Subsection
22911 \begin_layout Standard
22912 Some users have expressed a wish to be able to globally change the spelling
22913 of a particular word, rather than having to change the spelling separately
22914 for each occurrence of the word.
22915 Per-document word lists would also be useful.
22916 Neither of these features are present as of this writing.
22919 \begin_layout Standard
22920 Unless you're using the
22924 spellchecker, LyX cannot correctly spellcheck documents containing multiple
22926 This, does, however, work with
22930 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
22933 \begin_layout Section
22934 International Support
22937 \begin_layout Standard
22938 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
22939 LyX comes with a default configuration which supports the English language
22940 on a U.S.-style keyboard, with a standard U.S.
22941 paper size and the spellchecker set to U.S.
22943 You can change any or all of these settings as desired, and you can make
22944 the changes apply to the current session only, or use them as your new
22945 default configuration.
22948 \begin_layout Standard
22949 If you have a keyboard suited to the language you are using (for example,
22950 a German keyboard for writing in German), and you have correctly configured
22951 your X environment, all you need to do for LyX is tell it your language,
22952 the character encoding, and desired paper size.
22954 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:langlay}
22958 for more information.
22961 \begin_layout Standard
22962 If, however, you have a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
22963 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
22964 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
22965 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
22967 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:optkey}
22975 \begin_layout Standard
22976 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
22977 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
22978 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
22979 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
22980 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
22981 one to support the characters you want.
22985 \begin_layout Standard
22986 The details of how to customize LyX to your own language are
22990 beyond the scope of this manual.
22991 You can not only alter the keyboard layout, you can also change the names
22992 of the menus buttons, etc., to reflect your language.
22993 If you want to learn more about writing keymap files and tailoring LyX
22994 to your native tongue, please see the
22998 manual for details.
23001 \begin_layout Subsection
23003 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:langlay}
23010 \begin_layout Standard
23016 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23023 dialog lets you set
23025 the language and character encoding for your language.
23029 \begin_layout Standard
23030 Choose your language by clicking on the arrow in t
23047 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23055 The default is U.S.
23057 Scroll to find the language you want and then click on your choice.
23058 The language name appears in the window.
23062 \begin_layout Standard
23063 In LaTeX terms, selecting a language other than default adds Babel support.
23064 If you do not have Babel installed, refer to the different LaTeX distributions
23073 \begin_layout Standard
23082 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use.
23087 encoding, which includes the characters required by the various Western
23088 European languages.
23091 \begin_layout Subsection
23092 Keyboard mapping configuration
23093 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:optkey}
23100 \begin_layout Standard
23101 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings.
23102 This allows you to choose the keymap of your choice for your U.S.-style keyboard.
23103 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
23104 which one you want to use.
23107 \begin_layout Subsection
23109 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:keytab}
23116 \begin_layout Standard
23119 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cap:The-latin1-character}
23128 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
23132 \begin_layout Standard
23133 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
23134 This manual is set up --- by hand, mind you --- to print all of these character
23136 That ain't the default.
23137 Nowhere near, in fact.
23138 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
23146 \begin_layout Itemize
23147 The characters at entries A2, A4, A5, A6 and AD -- the cent, the yen, the
23148 generic-currency-symbol, the broken vertical bar and the short dash are
23149 just plain missing in the default encodings.
23150 We don't know where they are or why this is the case.
23153 \begin_layout Itemize
23154 Even if you've selected
23163 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23170 dialog, users who have only the
23174 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
23178 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
23179 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
23180 french quotes won't show up.
23183 \begin_layout Itemize
23188 -fonts can, however, get the french quotes [characters AB and BB] if they
23189 include the either the package
23197 in their documents.
23201 \begin_layout Standard
23202 This only holds when you want to input these quotes by yourself.
23203 The automatic quote feature described in Section
23204 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:quotes}
23208 , will generate automatically LaTeX code adapted to available fonts and
23215 \begin_inset Note Note
23218 \begin_layout Standard
23219 The characters of the following table, which are inserted as commands, could
23220 not be inserted directly with the keyboard, because the standard encoding
23222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23230 To let LaTeX understand the commands, the package
23234 needs to be loaded in the peamble with the line
23237 \begin_layout Standard
23242 usepackage{textcomp}
23245 \begin_layout Standard
23250 is available on every LaTeX system.
23258 \begin_layout Standard
23259 \begin_inset Float table
23264 \begin_layout Caption
23265 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cap:The-latin1-character}
23276 \begin_layout Standard
23278 \begin_inset Tabular
23279 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
23281 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
23282 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23283 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23284 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23285 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23286 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23287 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23288 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23289 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23290 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23291 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23292 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23293 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23294 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23295 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23296 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23297 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
23298 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
23299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23302 \begin_layout Standard
23308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23311 \begin_layout Standard
23326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23329 \begin_layout Standard
23344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23347 \begin_layout Standard
23362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23365 \begin_layout Standard
23380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23383 \begin_layout Standard
23398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23401 \begin_layout Standard
23416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23419 \begin_layout Standard
23434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23437 \begin_layout Standard
23452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23455 \begin_layout Standard
23470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23473 \begin_layout Standard
23488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23491 \begin_layout Standard
23506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23509 \begin_layout Standard
23524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23527 \begin_layout Standard
23542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23545 \begin_layout Standard
23560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23563 \begin_layout Standard
23578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23581 \begin_layout Standard
23597 <row topline="true">
23598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23601 \begin_layout Standard
23616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23619 \begin_layout Standard
23625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23628 \begin_layout Standard
23634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23637 \begin_layout Standard
23643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23646 \begin_layout Standard
23660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23663 \begin_layout Standard
23677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23680 \begin_layout Standard
23694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23697 \begin_layout Standard
23711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23714 \begin_layout Standard
23728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23731 \begin_layout Standard
23737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23740 \begin_layout Standard
23746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23749 \begin_layout Standard
23755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23758 \begin_layout Standard
23772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23775 \begin_layout Standard
23789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23792 \begin_layout Standard
23806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23809 \begin_layout Standard
23823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23826 \begin_layout Standard
23841 <row topline="true">
23842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23845 \begin_layout Standard
23860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23863 \begin_layout Standard
23869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23872 \begin_layout Standard
23878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23881 \begin_layout Standard
23895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23898 \begin_layout Standard
23912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23915 \begin_layout Standard
23929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23932 \begin_layout Standard
23946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23949 \begin_layout Standard
23963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23966 \begin_layout Standard
23980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23983 \begin_layout Standard
23989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23992 \begin_layout Standard
23998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24001 \begin_layout Standard
24015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24018 \begin_layout Standard
24032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24035 \begin_layout Standard
24049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24052 \begin_layout Standard
24066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24069 \begin_layout Standard
24083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24086 \begin_layout Standard
24101 <row topline="true">
24102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24105 \begin_layout Standard
24120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24123 \begin_layout Standard
24129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24132 \begin_layout Standard
24138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24141 \begin_layout Standard
24150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24161 \begin_layout Standard
24175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24178 \begin_layout Standard
24192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24195 \begin_layout Standard
24209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24212 \begin_layout Standard
24226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24229 \begin_layout Standard
24243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24246 \begin_layout Standard
24252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24255 \begin_layout Standard
24261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24264 \begin_layout Standard
24268 \begin_layout Standard
24277 \begin_inset Note Note
24280 \begin_layout Standard
24291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24294 \begin_layout Standard
24308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24311 \begin_layout Standard
24325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24328 \begin_layout Standard
24342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24345 \begin_layout Standard
24359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24362 \begin_layout Standard
24377 <row topline="true">
24378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24381 \begin_layout Standard
24396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24399 \begin_layout Standard
24405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24408 \begin_layout Standard
24414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24417 \begin_layout Standard
24431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24434 \begin_layout Standard
24448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24451 \begin_layout Standard
24465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24468 \begin_layout Standard
24482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24485 \begin_layout Standard
24499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24502 \begin_layout Standard
24516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24519 \begin_layout Standard
24525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24528 \begin_layout Standard
24534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24537 \begin_layout Standard
24551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24554 \begin_layout Standard
24568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24571 \begin_layout Standard
24585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24588 \begin_layout Standard
24602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24605 \begin_layout Standard
24619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24622 \begin_layout Standard
24637 <row topline="true">
24638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24641 \begin_layout Standard
24656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24659 \begin_layout Standard
24665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24668 \begin_layout Standard
24674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24677 \begin_layout Standard
24691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24694 \begin_layout Standard
24708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24711 \begin_layout Standard
24725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24728 \begin_layout Standard
24742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24745 \begin_layout Standard
24759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24762 \begin_layout Standard
24776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24779 \begin_layout Standard
24785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24788 \begin_layout Standard
24794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24797 \begin_layout Standard
24801 \begin_layout Standard
24810 \begin_inset Note Note
24813 \begin_layout Standard
24824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24827 \begin_layout Standard
24841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24844 \begin_layout Standard
24858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24861 \begin_layout Standard
24875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24878 \begin_layout Standard
24892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24895 \begin_layout Standard
24910 <row topline="true">
24911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24914 \begin_layout Standard
24929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24932 \begin_layout Standard
24938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24941 \begin_layout Standard
24947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24950 \begin_layout Standard
24964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24967 \begin_layout Standard
24981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24984 \begin_layout Standard
24998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25001 \begin_layout Standard
25015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25018 \begin_layout Standard
25032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25035 \begin_layout Standard
25049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25052 \begin_layout Standard
25058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25061 \begin_layout Standard
25067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25070 \begin_layout Standard
25074 \begin_layout Standard
25083 \begin_inset Note Note
25086 \begin_layout Standard
25097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25100 \begin_layout Standard
25114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25117 \begin_layout Standard
25131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25134 \begin_layout Standard
25148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25151 \begin_layout Standard
25165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25168 \begin_layout Standard
25183 <row topline="true">
25184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25187 \begin_layout Standard
25202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25205 \begin_layout Standard
25211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25214 \begin_layout Standard
25220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25223 \begin_layout Standard
25237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25240 \begin_layout Standard
25254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25257 \begin_layout Standard
25271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25274 \begin_layout Standard
25288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25291 \begin_layout Standard
25305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25308 \begin_layout Standard
25322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25325 \begin_layout Standard
25331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25334 \begin_layout Standard
25340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25343 \begin_layout Standard
25347 \begin_layout Standard
25356 \begin_inset Note Note
25359 \begin_layout Standard
25370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25373 \begin_layout Standard
25387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25390 \begin_layout Standard
25404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25407 \begin_layout Standard
25421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25424 \begin_layout Standard
25438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25441 \begin_layout Standard
25456 <row topline="true">
25457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25460 \begin_layout Standard
25475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25478 \begin_layout Standard
25484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25487 \begin_layout Standard
25493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25496 \begin_layout Standard
25510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25513 \begin_layout Standard
25527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25530 \begin_layout Standard
25544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25547 \begin_layout Standard
25561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25564 \begin_layout Standard
25578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25581 \begin_layout Standard
25595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25598 \begin_layout Standard
25604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25607 \begin_layout Standard
25613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25616 \begin_layout Standard
25630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25633 \begin_layout Standard
25647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25650 \begin_layout Standard
25664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25667 \begin_layout Standard
25681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25684 \begin_layout Standard
25698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25701 \begin_layout Standard
25716 <row topline="true">
25717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25720 \begin_layout Standard
25735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25738 \begin_layout Standard
25744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25747 \begin_layout Standard
25753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25756 \begin_layout Standard
25770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25773 \begin_layout Standard
25787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25790 \begin_layout Standard
25804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25807 \begin_layout Standard
25821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25824 \begin_layout Standard
25838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25841 \begin_layout Standard
25855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25858 \begin_layout Standard
25864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25867 \begin_layout Standard
25873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25876 \begin_layout Standard
25890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25893 \begin_layout Standard
25907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25910 \begin_layout Standard
25924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25927 \begin_layout Standard
25941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25944 \begin_layout Standard
25958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25961 \begin_layout Standard
25976 <row topline="true">
25977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25980 \begin_layout Standard
25995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25998 \begin_layout Standard
26004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26007 \begin_layout Standard
26013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26016 \begin_layout Standard
26030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26033 \begin_layout Standard
26047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26050 \begin_layout Standard
26064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26067 \begin_layout Standard
26081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26084 \begin_layout Standard
26098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26101 \begin_layout Standard
26115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26118 \begin_layout Standard
26124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26127 \begin_layout Standard
26133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26136 \begin_layout Standard
26150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26153 \begin_layout Standard
26167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26170 \begin_layout Standard
26184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26187 \begin_layout Standard
26201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26204 \begin_layout Standard
26218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26221 \begin_layout Standard
26236 <row topline="true">
26237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26240 \begin_layout Standard
26255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26258 \begin_layout Standard
26264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26267 \begin_layout Standard
26273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26276 \begin_layout Standard
26290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26293 \begin_layout Standard
26307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26310 \begin_layout Standard
26324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26327 \begin_layout Standard
26341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26344 \begin_layout Standard
26358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26361 \begin_layout Standard
26375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26378 \begin_layout Standard
26384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26387 \begin_layout Standard
26393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26396 \begin_layout Standard
26410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26413 \begin_layout Standard
26427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26430 \begin_layout Standard
26444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26447 \begin_layout Standard
26461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26464 \begin_layout Standard
26478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26481 \begin_layout Standard
26496 <row topline="true">
26497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26500 \begin_layout Standard
26515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26518 \begin_layout Standard
26524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26527 \begin_layout Standard
26533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26536 \begin_layout Standard
26550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26553 \begin_layout Standard
26567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26570 \begin_layout Standard
26584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26587 \begin_layout Standard
26601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26604 \begin_layout Standard
26618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26621 \begin_layout Standard
26635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26638 \begin_layout Standard
26644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26647 \begin_layout Standard
26653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26656 \begin_layout Standard
26670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26673 \begin_layout Standard
26687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26690 \begin_layout Standard
26704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26707 \begin_layout Standard
26721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26724 \begin_layout Standard
26738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26741 \begin_layout Standard
26756 <row topline="true">
26757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26760 \begin_layout Standard
26775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26778 \begin_layout Standard
26784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26787 \begin_layout Standard
26793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26796 \begin_layout Standard
26810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26813 \begin_layout Standard
26827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26830 \begin_layout Standard
26844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26847 \begin_layout Standard
26863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26866 \begin_layout Standard
26880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26883 \begin_layout Standard
26897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26900 \begin_layout Standard
26906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26909 \begin_layout Standard
26915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26918 \begin_layout Standard
26932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26935 \begin_layout Standard
26949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26952 \begin_layout Standard
26966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26969 \begin_layout Standard
26983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26986 \begin_layout Standard
27000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27003 \begin_layout Standard
27018 <row topline="true">
27019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27022 \begin_layout Standard
27037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27040 \begin_layout Standard
27046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27049 \begin_layout Standard
27055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27058 \begin_layout Standard
27072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27075 \begin_layout Standard
27089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27092 \begin_layout Standard
27106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27109 \begin_layout Standard
27123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27126 \begin_layout Standard
27140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27143 \begin_layout Standard
27157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27160 \begin_layout Standard
27166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27169 \begin_layout Standard
27175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27178 \begin_layout Standard
27182 \begin_layout Standard
27191 \begin_inset Note Note
27194 \begin_layout Standard
27205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27208 \begin_layout Standard
27222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27225 \begin_layout Standard
27239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27242 \begin_layout Standard
27256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27259 \begin_layout Standard
27273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27276 \begin_layout Standard
27291 <row topline="true">
27292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27295 \begin_layout Standard
27310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27313 \begin_layout Standard
27319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27322 \begin_layout Standard
27328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27331 \begin_layout Standard
27345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27348 \begin_layout Standard
27362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27365 \begin_layout Standard
27379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27382 \begin_layout Standard
27396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27399 \begin_layout Standard
27413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27416 \begin_layout Standard
27430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27433 \begin_layout Standard
27439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27442 \begin_layout Standard
27448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27451 \begin_layout Standard
27465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27468 \begin_layout Standard
27482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27485 \begin_layout Standard
27499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27502 \begin_layout Standard
27516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27519 \begin_layout Standard
27533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27536 \begin_layout Standard
27551 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
27552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27555 \begin_layout Standard
27570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27573 \begin_layout Standard
27579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27582 \begin_layout Standard
27588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27591 \begin_layout Standard
27605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27608 \begin_layout Standard
27622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27625 \begin_layout Standard
27639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27642 \begin_layout Standard
27656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27659 \begin_layout Standard
27673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27676 \begin_layout Standard
27682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27685 \begin_layout Standard
27691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27694 \begin_layout Standard
27700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27703 \begin_layout Standard
27717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27720 \begin_layout Standard
27734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27737 \begin_layout Standard
27751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27754 \begin_layout Standard
27768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27771 \begin_layout Standard
27785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27788 \begin_layout Standard
27815 \begin_layout Standard
27816 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
27818 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
27819 also the characters from
27831 \begin_layout Itemize
27840 \begin_layout Standard
27841 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
27846 \begin_layout Standard
27847 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
27852 \begin_layout Standard
27853 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
27858 \begin_layout Standard
27859 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
27864 \begin_layout Standard
27870 \begin_layout Standard
27876 \begin_layout Standard
27883 \begin_layout Standard
27884 The dead macron in usually not needed, as you will use a non--dead key for
27886 For example, S-M-minus, or if
27892 is correct, S-M-macron.
27901 \begin_layout Itemize
27914 \begin_layout Standard
27930 \begin_layout Standard
27948 \begin_layout Standard
27958 \begin_layout Standard
27979 \begin_layout Standard
27980 These characters might not look very nice on screen, but they will be just
27981 fine when run through LaTeX and printed.
27989 \begin_layout Standard
28005 \begin_layout Standard
28016 \begin_layout Standard
28017 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
28018 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters .
28019 Also make sure you're using the
28023 font-encoding and have the package
28027 with the definition file
28034 \begin_layout Chapter
28038 \begin_layout Standard
28039 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
28040 (and we would encourage people to contribute !).
28043 \begin_layout Standard
28044 First, we need to give due credit to those who came before us.
28045 They gave us the base upon which the new manuals are built, and some continue
28046 to provide information:
28049 \begin_layout Itemize
28054 wrote the original documentation, from which this manual is built, as well
28055 as the introduction to this manual [or the
28056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28063 as some of us call it].
28066 \begin_layout Itemize
28069 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
28071 wrote several minidocs, including some of the information about international
28075 \begin_layout Itemize
28080 also wrote a minidoc about international support, specifically about internatio
28081 nal keyboard maps and customization.
28084 \begin_layout Itemize
28089 originally documented the LinuxDoc SGML interface.
28092 \begin_layout Itemize
28095 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
28097 originally documented math mode and provided the entries for the math functions
28103 \begin_layout Itemize
28104 Special thanks to the LyX Team\InsetSpace ~
28106 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{lyxcredit}
28110 for help and answers to questions.
28113 \begin_layout Standard
28114 Next, it's time to give credit to the
28115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28118 LyX Documentation Team,
28119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28122 all of the people who helped rewrite the old documentation into the form
28123 it had after LyX version 0.10:
28126 \begin_layout Itemize
28135 \begin_layout Itemize
28136 Contributor to the FAQ and the old
28137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28151 \begin_layout Itemize
28152 General editing assistance.
28155 \begin_layout Itemize
28160 \begin_layout Itemize
28164 \begin_layout Itemize
28168 \begin_layout Itemize
28174 \begin_layout Itemize
28183 \begin_layout Itemize
28184 Primary contributor to
28189 \begin_layout Itemize
28190 Documentation of the basic LyX interface in
28196 \begin_layout Itemize
28205 \begin_layout Itemize
28206 Former maintainer of the FAQ and the old
28207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28221 \begin_layout Itemize
28222 Documentation of LinuxDoc in
28228 \begin_layout Itemize
28235 \begin_layout Itemize
28236 Documentation of figures and imported graphics in
28242 \begin_layout Itemize
28251 \begin_layout Itemize
28252 Documentation of internationalization features in
28258 \begin_layout Itemize
28265 \begin_layout Itemize
28270 \begin_layout Itemize
28274 \begin_layout Itemize
28278 \begin_layout Itemize
28282 \begin_layout Itemize
28288 \begin_layout Itemize
28295 \begin_layout Itemize
28296 Primary contributor to
28302 \begin_layout Itemize
28309 \begin_layout Itemize
28314 \begin_layout Itemize
28318 \begin_layout Itemize
28319 using LaTeX from within LyX
28324 \begin_layout Itemize
28333 \begin_layout Itemize
28334 General organization and format of the documents.
28337 \begin_layout Itemize
28342 \begin_layout Itemize
28346 \begin_layout Itemize
28347 paragraph environments, document layout, nesting, typography notes, fonts
28351 \begin_layout Itemize
28352 Also responsible for Introduction in
28357 \begin_layout Itemize
28358 Editor of the documents.
28359 [from 6/96-fall 1997]
28363 \begin_layout Standard
28364 After fall of 1997, the LyX Team as a whole took over maintenance of the
28368 \begin_layout Bibliography
28370 \bibitem {lyxcredit}
28375 \begin_layout Standard
28378 href{http://www.lyx.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/*checkout*/lyx-devel/lib/CREDITS?rev=HE
28379 AD&content-type=text/plain}{
28392 \begin_layout Standard
28401 \begin_layout Bibliography
28403 \bibitem {latexbook}
28406 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
28409 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
28412 \begin_layout Bibliography
28414 \bibitem {latexcompanion}
28415 Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin:
28417 The LaTeX Companion.
28420 Addison-Wesley, 1994
28423 \begin_layout Bibliography
28425 \bibitem {latexguide}
28431 \begin_layout Bibliography